Archives

Law: “Gas Station” Drugs: A Regulatory Void

Learning Objectives

 

After completing this application-based continuing education activity, pharmacists and pharmacy technicians will be able to

  • Contrast the regulation of different categories of therapeutic agents
  • Describe the emergence and prevalence of "gas station" drugs
  • List the potential effects of unregulated medical products
  • Characterize the attempts to regulate examples of "gas station" drugs

      A cartoon version of a gas station, including a gasoline pump to the left and a garbage can to the right. A tall canopy covers both items.

      Release Date:

      Release Date: September 15, 2025

      Expiration Date: September 15, 2028

      Course Fee

      Pharmacists: $7

      Pharmacy Technicians: $4

      ACPE UANs

      Pharmacist: 0009-0000-25-053-H03-P

      Pharmacy Technician: 0009-0000-25-053-H03-T

      Session Codes

      Pharmacist: 25YC53-UFL36

      Pharmacy Technician: 25YC53-LFU63

      Accreditation Hours

      2.0 hours of CE

      Accreditation Statements

      The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.  Statements of credit for the online activity ACPE UAN 0009-0000-25-053-H03-P/T  will be awarded when the post test and evaluation have been completed and passed with a 70% or better. Your CE credits will be uploaded to your CPE monitor profile within 2 weeks of completion of the program.

       

      Disclosure of Discussions of Off-label and Investigational Drug Use

      The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

      Faculty

      Gerald Gianutsos, B.S. Pharm, Ph.D., J.D.
      Emeritus Associate Professor of Pharmaceutical Sciences
      University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy
      Storrs, CT
       

      Faculty Disclosure

      In accordance with the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education (ACPE) Criteria for Quality and Interpretive Guidelines, The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy requires that faculty disclose any relationship that the faculty may have with commercial entities whose products or services may be mentioned in the activity.

      Gerald Gianutsos, B.S. Pharm, Ph.D., J.D., has no relationships with ineligible companies and therefore have nothing to disclose.

      ABSTRACT

      The FDA has a highly structured and formal process for approving prescription drugs. However, nonprescription drugs receive less oversight. This activity will review the regulatory requirements for different categories of therapeutic agents. Several substances with the potential to cause serious adverse effects and dependence have emerged that have evaded any regulation by government agencies. Many of these are readily available in non-pharmacy settings such as convenience stores and online. The risks associated with these agents will also be discussed, with an emphasis on “gas station” drugs. Finally, efforts to provide some regulatory control over gas station drugs, which are often futile, will also be described.

      CONTENT

      Content

      INTRODUCTION

       

      "Imagine if you're [at a] truck stop, you take two bottles of that and you're driving down the road — now you're high on opioids.”1 Researcher Todd Hillhouse.

       

      The commentator above is not referring to a product purchased from a seedy individual at the rear of the parking area, but rather something purchased out in the open, off the shelf of the public retail outlet prominently located within the rest area. Can it possibly be true that the public can purchase a product that mimics opioids at a truck stop or convenience store or online, no questions asked? Not only does the drug allegedly produce a “high,” It’s been associated with increasing reports of serious adverse events and addiction.2 Shouldn’t the FDA or DEA have regulations in place to prevent this from occurring?

       

      The drug in question is tianeptine, colloquially referred to as “Gas Station Heroin,” and is only one of several examples of a commodity that poses a danger to the public but falls between the cracks of regulatory oversight.

       

      Pharmacists are accustomed to dispensing prescription drugs that have undergone rigid clinical testing and been approved by the United States (U.S.) Food and Drug Administration (FDA). However, many products face less stringent requirements (e.g., over the counter [OTC] drugs, supplements) and some may receive no approval whatsoever. This activity will compare the regulatory standards for several categories of consumer products with an emphasis on substances that circumvent regulatory review.

       

      DRUG APPROVAL

      Generally, a drug will undergo some level of review before it makes it way to the public. However, the rigor of the scrutiny varies greatly depending on the nature of the drug.

       

      As you are no doubt aware, prescription drugs on the market have been reviewed by the FDA which assesses evidence that the drug is safe and effective.3 The FDA's Center for Drug Evaluation and Research (CDER) evaluates evidence submitted by the manufacturer to ensure that drugs, both brand-name and generic, are effective for the target condition and that their health benefits outweigh their known risks.3 This is a structured process and generally requires at least two clinical trials. Approved drugs are also subject to post-market surveillance to ensure that they continue to be safe.3

       

      The FDA also has several accelerated approval mechanisms that expedite the marketing of promising prescription therapies that treat serious or life-threatening conditions and provide therapeutic benefit over available therapies. Many drugs have been approved under these programs and have altered the course of treatment since these pathways were developed in 1992, including antiretroviral drugs used to treat HIV/AIDS and targeted anti-cancer agents.3

       

      During the COVID pandemic, pharmacists became familiar with another modified drug approval mechanism, emergency use authorization (EUA).4 If the Secretary of Health and Human Services (HHS) declares a public health emergency, the FDA may authorize the emergency use of unapproved medical products or unapproved uses of approved medical products.

       

      The FDA was granted authority to issue EUAs in 2004 when Congress passed the Project BioShield Act. That Act was intended to facilitate the development, procurement, and use of medical countermeasures against chemical, biological, radiologic, and nuclear terrorism agents.5 The Act was passed in response to the events following the terrorism episode on 9/11; although the intent was to protect against acts of terrorism, to date the only EUAs issued have been in response to pandemics. Medical products considered for an EUA undergo FDA review, but the standard used for approval is a lower level of evidence (“reasonable to believe that the product may be effective” rather than “effective”) than needed for full FDA approval.4 There also must be no adequate, approved, and available alternative to the candidate product for diagnosing, preventing, or treating the disease or condition.4 (“Unavailable” includes insufficient supplies of the existing product to meet the emergency while inadequate includes contraindications for special circumstances or populations, for example children.4)

       

      Readers will be spared from a detailed review of the drug approval process, since pharmacists probably heard this numerous times while in school, but it is an important reminder that non-prescription compounds do not undergo the same rigorous pre-market evaluation by the FDA. OTC drugs are also approved by the FDA, but under different criteria. The primary difference is that the approval of prescription drugs requires approval of a specific drug product to treat a specific condition. Conversely, most OTC products must only conform with existing OTC monographs that describe the marketing standards including the active ingredients, labeling, and other general requirements.6

       

      OTC monographs set the conditions under which OTC drug products are generally recognized as safe and effective for their intended use. A monograph covers active ingredients, dosages, formulations, and labeling claims; a new OTC product does not need FDA approval if its manufacturer complies with the relevant monograph. This is because the FDA had already evaluated the safety and effectiveness evidence as part of its monograph rulemaking process.6 However, the FDA assesses monograph compliance as part of its inspection process.7

       

      If it is a new OTC product without an existing monograph, the manufacturer must submit a New Drug Application (NDA) with clinical trial data demonstrating safety and effectiveness.7

       

      In addition, the sponsor must provide consumer behavior studies demonstrating that purchasers can use the nonprescription drug product safely and effectively without the supervision of a healthcare provider.7 Of course, a prescription drug may also become an OTC drug.8

       

      In stark contrast, oversight of supplements is much less rigorous. Dietary supplements are not subject to the Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FDCA Act), but rather are regulated by a different law, the Dietary Supplement Health and Education Act (DSHEA). DSHEA, enacted in 1994, states that “the Federal Government should not take any actions to impose unreasonable regulatory barriers limiting or slowing the flow of safe products and accurate information to consumers.”9 A dietary supplement is defined as a vitamin, mineral, amino acid, herb or other botanical, or a dietary substance for use by man to supplement the diet by increasing the total dietary intake.9

       

      Unlike drugs, supplements are not subject to pre-market FDA approval.10 (Hence the disclaimer found on supplement labels [“This statement has not been evaluated by the Food and Drug Administration."]). The manufacturer does not have to provide the FDA with the evidence it relies on to substantiate safety before or after it markets its products. However, if a proposed dietary supplement contains a new dietary ingredient, the manufacturer must submit a notification to the FDA 75 days before introducing it to the market. The notice must include information on the basis of which the firm has concluded that the supplement will reasonably be expected to be safe.10 (Only a notice is required, the FDA does not evaluate the data.)

       

      Manufacturers and distributors have the initial responsibility for ensuring that their dietary supplements meet the safety standards for dietary supplements. In general, the FDA’s ability to take action is limited to postmarket enforcement.11 Manufacturers and distributors must record, investigate, and forward to FDA any reports they receive of serious adverse events associated with the use of their products.

       

      The FDA cannot conduct post-market research on supplements to corroborate a manufacturer’s claims. It can only issue warning letters asking manufacturers to voluntarily recall adulterated or misbranded products. If a manufacturer refuses to voluntarily recall its product, the burden is on the FDA to prove that the supplement is harmful or adulterated.11 The FDA must show that the dietary supplement has a significant or unreasonable risk of causing injury or illness, a very high bar. In addition to issues of safety, problems exist with respect to the purity and bioavailability of some products.11

       

      Supplement manufacturers do have restrictions on the types of claims they can make. They may not claim to diagnose, mitigate, treat, cure, or prevent a specific disease or class (which would make them a drug, hence the second part of the label disclaimer: “This product is not intended to diagnose, treat, cure, or prevent any disease”) but may claim to aid a structure or function of the human body, benefit a classical nutrient disease, or promote general well-being.10

       

      PAUSE AND PONDER: Should supplements be subject to more stringent regulations and if so, in what ways?

       

      IF I’M NOT A DRUG NOR A SUPPLEMENT, WHAT AM I?

      Despite all these regulatory pathways providing some degree of control, products can wind up being available for retail sale without any oversight. As noted above, an example of this is tianeptine, which is not FDA-approved, is not generally recognized as safe for use in food, and does not meet the statutory definition of a dietary ingredient. It is, nevertheless, commonly available from retail outlets.12

       

      “Gas Station” Drugs

      A growing number of substances are available from gas stations, convenience stores, bodegas, vape shops, and even the Internet; they may even be purchased by minors.13 They have been given the label “gas station” drugs.

       

      It is believed that the first instance of a “gas station” drug was the emergence of “Spice,” a synthetic cannabinoid (producing cannabis-like effects) in 2008.13 The drugs were sold under the guise of being herbal incense or potpourri to circumvent the approval process; the FDA eventually placed the drugs in Schedule I in 2011. A similar pattern was seen a few years later with synthetic cathinones being sold as “bath salts” with “warnings” that they were for external use only, even though testimonials clearly indicated that they were being taken internally. (Cathinone is a naturally occurring beta-ketone amphetamine analogue from the leaves of the Catha edulis plant. Synthetic cathinones derivatives may possess both amphetamine-like properties and the ability to modulate serotonin, causing distinct psychoactive effects.) The Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) eventually banned them after a series of fatalities occurred.13 Typically, substances like these continue to be sold until their dangerous consequences are recognized and there are calls to restrict them.13

       

      Some examples of unregulated drugs available today include delta 8/10 tetrahydrocannabinol, Royal Honey, and Rhino which contain sildenafil, tianeptine, kratom, and phenibut.13 The latter three substances will be discussed more fully below.

       

      PAUSE AND PONDER: What would you do if someone asked, “Does the pharmacy sell (one of the gas station drugs)”?

       

      Tianeptine

      One of the newer emerging gas station threats is the sale of products containing tianeptine.14 Tianeptine was synthesized in France in 1971 as an analog of the newly discovered tricyclic antidepressants. It was approved in France as an antidepressant in 1989 and is now available in more than 60 countries.13,15

       

      Tianeptine [(7-((3-chloro-6-methyl-5,5-dioxido-6,11-dihydrodibenzo[c,f][1,2]thiazepin-11-yl)amino)heptanoic acid)] is an atypical tricyclic antidepressant approved in some European, Asian, and Latin American countries primarily for the treatment of major depression. It has also been used to treat anxiety and irritable bowel syndrome.13 Unlike traditional tricyclics which block serotonin reuptake in the CNS, tianeptine actually increases serotonin uptake.13 However, it is now believed that its antidepressant activity is related to modulating glutamate-mediated pathways involved in neuroplasticity (a process that involves adaptive structural and functional changes to the brain; in other words, the brain's ability to absorb information and evolve to manage new challenges).15 Unlike conventional tricyclic antidepressants, tianeptine is not primarily metabolized by cytochrome P450s, but is largely metabolized by β–oxidation (which would be a consideration with regard to potential drug interactions).15

       

      More significantly for the purpose of this activity, tianeptine acts as a full agonist at the mu-opiate receptor and a weak agonist at the delta-opioid receptor.13,14 It is moderately potent but highly efficacious as a mu agonist.15 As such, it causes opiate-like euphoria and carries a significant risk of overdose.13 Moreover, it has a short half-life that can lead to rapid withdrawal, increasing its potential for addiction and misuse.13 Some of the countries where tianeptine has been approved to treat depression and anxiety have restricted how tianeptine is prescribed or dispensed, or warned of possible risk of addiction.13

       

      In the U.S., tianeptine is not an approved prescription drug, but has become more visible as an OTC product sold in retail stores under the names of ZaZa Red, Tianna Red, Neptune’s Fix, Pegasus, TD Red, and others.12 The drug has earned the nickname “gas station heroin” due to its opioid-like effects and potential for similar abuse.12

       

      U.S. law enforcement has encountered tianeptine in various forms, including bulk powder, counterfeit pills mimicking hydrocodone and oxycodone pharmaceutical products, and individual stamp bags (small wax packets commonly used to distribute heroin).14 Tianeptine has also been combined with antidepressants and antianxiety medications; patients often combine the drugs themselves, and some manufacturers make fixed-dose combinations.14

       

      Tianeptine-containing products available to consumers include some with high doses and are making dangerous and unproven claims that tianeptine can improve brain function and treat anxiety, depression, pain, opioid use disorder, and other conditions.12 Case reports in the medical literature describe U.S. consumers ingesting daily doses on the order of 1.3 to 250 times (50 mg to 10,000 mg) the daily tianeptine dose typically recommended in labeled foreign drug products.12

       

      Risks

      Reports of adverse reactions and adverse effects involving tianeptine have been increasing in the U.S.16 Poison control centers have reported that cases involving tianeptine exposure increased nationwide, from 4 cases in 2013 to nearly 350 cases in 2024. From 2020 to 2022, more than 600 calls were made to poison control centers after exposure, and five deaths occurred as a result.16

       

      The FDA has identified cases in which consumers have experienced serious harmful effects from abusing or misusing tianeptine including agitation, drowsiness, confusion, sweating, rapid heartbeat, high blood pressure, nausea, vomiting, slowed or stopped breathing, coma and death.16 Naloxone is an appropriate countermeasure in cases of severe poisoning, since tianeptine has opioid effects.13 Users frequently consume tianeptine chronically and, if they stop tianeptine abruptly, they may experience withdrawal symptoms similar to those associated with opioid discontinuation (e.g., craving, sweating, “goose flesh,” diarrhea, myalgias).16 Tolerance and dependence appear to develop quickly.17 Severe withdrawal symptoms in humans that have led to hospitalization following the use of tianeptine have also been reported.12,16

       

      Like many drugs of this nature, tianeptine is frequently found combined with other illicit ingredients, often synthetic cannabinoids, which are not included on the product label.17 Poison control centers describe the signs of overdose to vary widely and include clamminess, nausea, low blood pressure, and unconsciousness as well as seizures and severe stomach cramps.17

       

      It is difficult to get an accurate picture of the extent of tianeptine abuse. Reports to poison control centers are voluntary and hospitals do not test for it, so its prevalence is likely underreported.17 The drug also has a strong following on social media where its merits are hotly debated with one social media forum called “Quitting Tianeptine” attracting more than 5,000 followers.17

       

      Regulation

      Clearly, tianeptine is not an FDA-approved medication. Could its sale at convenience outlets be justified as being designated a dietary supplement and therefore an appropriate consumer product covered by DSHEA? The FDA says it does not meet the statutory criteria for a dietary supplement.18

       

      Therefore, in the FDA’s view, “It is an unsafe food additive, and dietary supplements containing tianeptine are adulterated under the FD&C Act” (i.e., not “legal”). Nevertheless, many tianeptine products, frequently of non-U.S. origin, are openly marketed as supplements with many consumers mistakenly believing that it is a safe alternative to street opioids.17

       

      FDA Action

      In May 2025, the FDA issued warnings to consumers about the “dangerous and growing health trend facing our nation” about the increasing number of adverse events, including death, associated with tianeptine-containing products.12 The agency warned consumers not to purchase or use any tianeptine product due to serious risks. The agency also issued warning letters to companies distributing and selling tianeptine products and issued an import alert to help block shipments to the U.S.19 However, its sale is not restricted.

       

      Several states have taken steps to limit sales of these products. Some states have placed tianeptine on controlled drug schedules.20 At least eight states (AL, FL, GA, IN, KY, MN, OH, VA) classify tianeptine as a C-I drug. Five others (AR, MI, NC, OK, TN) have placed it in C-II and Mississippi considers it a C-III substance. Other states have similar restrictions under consideration.20

       

      Increasing the control of tianeptine is also being discussed at the federal level. In 2024, members of Congress wrote to the FDA urging them to take steps beyond the issuing of warnings, stating that they believed that “more action on tianeptine use is needed to ensure the health and well-being of the American people.”21 There is a bill pending in Congress that would place the drug in C-III.22

       

      A more recent Congressional proposal would ban the sale of tianeptine entirely.23 It remains to be seen if additional regulation becomes a reality.

       

      KRATOM

      Tianeptine is not the only product to exist in a regulatory gray area. Another example with a long history of regulatory wrangling is kratom.24 Kratom (Mitragyna speciosa korth) is a tropical tree indigenous to regions of Southeast Asia (Thailand, Malaysia, Myanmar) and belongs to the same family as the coffee tree.25 Traditionally, Thai and Malaysian laborers and farmers chewed the leaves to relieve fatigue. It has also been used as a substitute for opium when opium is unavailable and chronic opioid users have used it to manage opioid withdrawal symptoms.25 Soldiers returning from the Vietnam war and immigrants from Southeast Asia introduced kratom to America.26

       

      The principal constituents of Kratom, mitragynine (MTG) and 7-hydroxymitragynine (7-HMG), have opioid receptor activity.25 These compounds are indole alkaloids structurally related to yohimbine and have shown anti-inflammatory and analgesic activity in experimental animals.27

       

      MTG and 7-HMG both bind to the human opioid receptors with nanomolar affinity; they function as partial agonists at the mu-opioid receptor and weak antagonists at kappa-opioid and delta-opioid receptors.27

       

      7-HMG exhibits approximately 5-fold greater affinity at the mu-opioid receptor compared to MTG. In rats, MTG does not exhibit abuse liability and decreases the reinforcing effects of morphine. On the other hand, 7-HMG demonstrates abuse liability and increased morphine self-administration.27 MTG can be converted to 7-HMG both in vitro and in a mouse model. It is likely that at least some of the activity attributed to kratom may be due to its metabolic conversion to 7-HMG.27 It has been suggested that individuals who self-administer kratom tea to treat pain, addiction, or depression might achieve very different results depending on the alkaloid profile of the product that they use.27 If so, it would be difficult for consumers to predict the magnitude of activity to expect from ingesting the product since the product labeling does not reflect the variability in alkaloid content .27

       

      Kratom produces both stimulant and sedative effects. At low doses, kratom produces stimulant effects, with users reporting increased alertness, physical energy, talkativeness, and sociable behavior, while high doses produce opioid effects including sedation and euphoria.25 Effects occur within five to 10 minutes after ingestion and last for two to five hours.

       

      The most significant issue with products labeled “kratom” is the introduction of high concentrations of a metabolite (7-HMG) as the most abundant alkaloid. The most abundant alkaloid in traditional kratom products is mitragynine, with concentrations ranging from 54% to 66% of the total alkaloid content. Many other alkaloids comprise the remaining 34% to 46% of total alkaloids, but 7-HMG only constitutes less than 1% of the total. In its natural, fresh state, kratom leaves do not contain 7-HMG. “Kratom” products, often enhanced with extra 7-HMG, are available from Internet sites where it is promoted as a legal psychoactive product.25 Website entries include listings of vendors, methods of preparation, user experiences, and alleged medicinal uses.25 Kratom products are commonly sold in powder form, which is bitter, and users typically consume it as a capsule or use the powder to make tea.26 Common uses are as an alternative to prescription opioids for pain, self-management of opioid or other substance use disorder (including easing withdrawal symptoms), or treating anxiety and depression.25,26 Reports of adverse effects have increased as the drug has become more popular, with more frequent admission to a healthcare facility and serious medical outcomes, such as seizure, respiratory distress, or slow heart rate.26 According to data from the FDA's adverse event reporting system, mitragynine was involved in 1,255 cases from 2008 to September 2024 of which 1,171 cases were classified as serious and 637 cases resulted in death.25

       

      Regulatory Actions

      The risks associated with kratom have prompted government officials to try to restrict its sales for almost a decade, but these efforts have been largely unsuccessful. In 2016, the DEA published its intent to temporarily place MTG and 7-HMG into Schedule I.28 (The Controlled Substances Act empowers the Attorney General to temporarily place a substance into Schedule I for two years without regard to other administrative requirements if there is a finding that such action is “necessary to avoid an imminent hazard to the public safety.”) This decision was based, in part, on the DEA’s finding that the “severity of the reported outcomes, health effects, and increased use of kratom suggests an emerging public health threat.”28 Organizations promoting kratom use did not receive this decision favorably.24,26

       

      Shortly after the DEA published its notice of intent, a “March for Kratom” was organized at the White House and the protests convinced 51 members of Congress on both sides of the aisle to sign a letter disagreeing with the DEA’s decision.26 Kratom supporters also sent a petition containing more than 145,00 signatures opposing the DEA’s decision to President Obama.26

       

      Kratom advocates stressed several points. They disputed the DEA’s claim about the magnitude of the harm that the substance was producing and also cited reports of possible beneficial effects of kratom as a useful alternative to opioids in managing pain and treating opiate addiction. They maintained that kratom is safer than prescription opioids and that the deaths associated with kratom could be due largely to the simultaneous use of other substances.26 Supporters also posted numerous online testimonials from users touting kratom’s beneficial effects.26

       

      As a result of the backlash, the DEA withdrew the proposed action less than two months after the initial publication, citing numerous comments from the public. The DEA initiated a period of public comment on the scheduling recommendation and received over 23,000 comments with 99% of them opposing the ban.26

       

      A year later, the FDA renewed its effort to schedule the kratom alkaloids and submitted an “eight factor” analysis to the DEA (see the SIDEBAR).26 A month later, the FDA announced a public health advisory on kratom and supported stricter regulation by asserting that kratom was associated with 36 deaths and has similar effects and dangers to other opioids. This was followed by a recall based on contamination of samples with Salmonella or heavy metals.26 However, its legal status has remained unchanged.

       

      SIDEBAR: DEA 8 Factor Test

      In determining into which schedule a drug or other substance should be placed, or whether a substance should be decontrolled or rescheduled, certain factors are required to be considered by the Controlled Substances Act [21 U.S.C §811(c) ].29 These are

      1. Its actual or relative potential for abuse.
      2. Scientific evidence of its pharmacological effect, if known.
      3. The state of current scientific knowledge regarding the drug or other substance.
      4. Its history and current pattern of abuse.
      5. The scope, duration, and significance of abuse.
      6. What, if any, risk there is to the public health.
      7. Its psychic or physiological dependence liability.
      8. Whether the substance is an immediate precursor of a substance already controlled under CSA.

       

      In 2021 the World Health Organization (WHO) announced that it would conduct a review of kratom as part of its role in making public health recommendations to the international community. The FDA participated in this process by submitting information, although two U.S. Senators urged the agency to oppose any effort to add kratom to the list of internationally controlled substances.26 Ultimately, the Committee concluded that there is insufficient evidence to recommend a critical review of kratom.30

       

      The controversy over kratom has not abated, however. In 2023, bills were introduced in both houses of Congress to “protect access to kratom.”26,31 The bills did not expressly address the legal status but would require the HHS Secretary to hold at least one public hearing to discuss the safety of kratom products. Significantly, if enacted, the law would prohibit HHS from imposing requirements on kratom that are more restrictive than those for foods or dietary supplements.26,31 It would still permit states to impose more restrictive laws.

       

      More recently, in July 2025, the FDA recommended that products with concentrated levels of 7-HMG be classified as C-I substances; the press release does not define concentrated and the warning only refers to "added" 7-HMG.32 This would apply to products containing high levels of 7-HMG in tablets, gummies, drinks, or parenteral, but not plant, products. FDA Commissioner Makary called the move an “effort to prevent another ‘wave of the opioid epidemic’” from blindsiding the country.”32

       

      Most states permit the sale, possession, and consumption of kratom, although some set limits.26 There are age restrictions on the sale or possession of kratom products in 18 states; seven of the states restrict the distribution kratom to individuals 18 years of age or older while the other 11 states set an age restriction of 21.26 Tennessee had banned kratom completely, but changed its law to permit natural forms of kratom to be used by individuals over the age of 21.33 Other states have labelling requirements on kratom products.26,34 For example, South Carolina passed a law in 2025 mandating that labels must provide details on alkaloid content, serving sizes, and include FDA disclaimers and age warnings. Violations incur civil penalties up to $2,000.34

       

      Some states have taken more aggressive steps to limit access to kratom. Michigan became the first state to ban sales of the drug, classifying it as a Schedule II controlled substance in 2018.1 As of April 2025, 24 states and the District of Columbia regulate kratom products in some manner.26 Seven states (AL, AK, IN, MI, RI, VT, and WI) and the District of Columbia, treat kratom’s psychoactive components as controlled substances.26

       

      Seven states (AL, AR, IN, LA, RI, VT, WI) effectively ban the sale of kratom by classifying both the plant material and the psychoactive alkaloids as a controlled substance.33,34 Most have defined it as a C-I substance. Louisiana passed its law in August 2025 classifying the active ingredients, kratom products, and the Mitragyna tree as Schedule I controlled substances. Penalties are severe; producing or distributing kratom can lead to fines up to $50,000 and one to five years in prison, while possession incurs fines up to $1,000 or six months in jail for repeat offenses.34

       

      Other states have enacted more consumer-focused kinds of controls.34 For example, Hawaii requires products to be registered with the Department of Health, have third-party lab testing, and comply with federal good manufacturing practices. Products may not exceed 2% 7-HMG, contain harmful substances like synthetic cannabinoids, or be designed to attract children (e.g., cartoon-shaped products).34 Mississippi requires retailers to obtain permits and imposes an excise tax of $2.50 per ounce for kratom leaf and $5.00 per ounce for extracts.34 Four states (AZ, GA, OK, UT) require that labels indicate the alkaloid content of the product.34

       

      PAUSE AND PONDER: Where should the line be drawn between protecting the public and patient autonomy?

       

      PHENIBUT

      Phenibut, known colloquially as Phenigamma and Phenygam among others, is another substance that has evaded regulatory control. Phenibut is a derivative of gamma-amino butyric acid (GABA) and acts as a GABA mimetic primarily at GABA-B receptors (like baclofen); it also affects GABA-A receptors but to a lesser extent. It also stimulates dopamine receptors and antagonizes beta-phenethylamine (PEA), a putative endogenous anxiogenic transmitter.35 Both its desired and adverse effects appear similar to other GABA receptor modulators like benzodiazepines.36

       

      It was originally developed in the former Soviet Union in the 1960s to relieve anxiety and improve cognitive function in military personnel.37 Later it was introduced into clinical medicine as a treatment for anxiety, insomnia, and various psychiatric conditions ranging from post-traumatic stress disorder to alcohol withdrawal. It has also been used to enhance cognition in young adults and to delay dementia in the elderly. Its presence has expanded to other parts of Europe and the U.S. where it is marketed as a putative OTC cognition enhancer.37 The drug is available in different forms including as a powder, “fine crystals,” and capsules and is also found combined with other substances.37,38

       

      Phenibut produces a number of adverse effects including drowsiness, lethargy, agitation, tachycardia, and confusion.37 In addition, it can lead to the development of tolerance and dependence and withdrawal may manifest as a severe abstinence syndrome that may require medical intervention.37 The abstinence syndrome resembles benzodiazepine withdrawal and patients may experience insomnia, anger, irritability, tremulousness, decreased appetite, and heart palpations.38 Phenibut also has the potential for interactions with related substances such as anxiolytics, antipsychotics, sedatives, opioids, and anticonvulsants.37

       

      During the period from 2009 to 2019, U.S. poison centers received 1,320 calls about phenibut exposures from all 50 states and the District of Columbia.39 The most commonly reported adverse health effects included drowsiness or lethargy, agitation, tachycardia, and confusion. Coma was reported in 6% of cases. In half of the cases, the exposure resulted in moderate effects with no long-term impairment. About 12% of cases reported life-threatening effects or resulting in significant disability, with three deaths.39 Physical dependence, withdrawal, and addiction have also been reported.38

       

      The FDA issued warning letters to companies whose products contained phenibut and were marketed as dietary supplements as far back as 2019. The FDA concluded that phenibut does not meet the statutory definition of a dietary supplement, and the products were therefore misbranded.40 Yet, phenibut is still legally available for sale in the U.S., largely through online sources.

       

      Phenibut has become increasingly available in the U.S. (and European) market, often labelled as a dietary supplement with claims such as promoting focus, relaxation, and positive mood; improving memory and concentration; counteracting irritability and restlessness; and increasing libido.37 Studies of consumers have found that it is frequently purchased as a therapeutic substitute for benzodiazepines, and to manage withdrawal due to benzodiazepines, opioids, and alcohol.37 Nevertheless, the FDA does not regard it as a dietary ingredient and considers phenibut-containing supplements declaring themselves as a dietary ingredient misbranded under the FDCA.

       

      The agency sent warning letters to at least three companies that have marketed products containing phenibut labelled as dietary supplements in 2019. Despite the warnings, the quantity of phenibut increased in three of four brands of OTC phenibut supplements tested following the FDA’s action; in some cases, the amounts detected were 450% greater than a typical 250 mg pharmaceutical tablet manufactured in Russia.41

       

      The warnings were obviously ineffective and phenibut remains readily available in the U.S., largely online.42 Several European countries have made phenibut a controlled substance. In the U.S., Alabama made phenibut a Schedule II drug in 2021and additional states are considering legislation to classify it as a controlled substance.42

       

      PEPTIDES

      Another means used to circumvent FDA regulations is to sell drugs on-line advertised as “research compounds” or “lab use” although the promotional material and product reviews clearly show they are being used by individuals who are not enrolled in drug trails. These compounds are readily available online, including through Amazon.com.43

       

      There is a high demand for “research” compounds labelled as “peptides” especially among individuals seeking substances for athletic performance enhancement, improved libido, anti-aging effects, or weight loss (pseudo or real GLP-1 drugs).44 This includes existing prescription drugs purchased online through clandestine overseas operations or true research compounds. One example is sermorelin, which modulates the release of growth hormone and allegedly increases muscle mass and possibly enhances libido.44 The high demand has led to shortages of prescription products, further stimulating illicit sales.44

       

      FINAL COMMENTS

      While most therapeutic substances are subject to some degree of control by the FDA, some products available in retail stores or on-line receive no regulatory approval. They present a risk to the public. Manufacturers of these substances may try to circumvent regulation by falsely depicting them as dietary supplements, research compounds, or for external use. Consumers may use these to self-manage their medical conditions or for recreational purposes with a risk of developing serious adverse effects or dependence. The FDA has tried to limit the use of these substances by issuing warnings to consumers and warning letters to manufacturers, but these tactics have had limited success. Pharmacists should be prepared to answer questions about these drugs which commonly gain momentum through social media and should point out that there is no oversight over their claims or safety.

      Pharmacist Post Test (for viewing only)

      LAW: “Gas Station” Drugs: A Regulatory Void

      After completing this continuing education activity comma pharmacists and pharmacy technicians will be able to
      1. Contrast the regulation of different categories of therapeutic agents
      2. Describe the emergence and prevalence of “gas station” drugs
      3. List the potential effects of unregulated medical products
      4. Characterize the attempts to regulate examples of “gas station” drugs

      *

      1. In what way must a supplier interact with the FDA in order to market a dietary supplement?
      A. It needs to obtain FDA approval after submitting safety data.
      B. It follows a process similar to the requirements for an OTC drug.
      C. It does not need FDA approval.

      *

      2. Many therapeutic agents received fast track approval during the COVID pandemic as emergency use authorization (EUA) products. Why was the EUA program established?
      A. To accelerate the approval of novel or rare vaccines for pandemics.
      B. To facilitate the development of countermeasures for terrorist activities.
      C. To accelerate the approval of therapy for HIV/AIDS or orphan diseases.

      *

      3. A chronic user of tianeptine runs the risk of developing dependence. If the user discontinues tianeptine abruptly it may produce withdrawal effects. What withdrawal syndrome does it resemble?
      A. Opioid withdrawal
      B. Benzodiazepine withdrawal
      C. Cocaine withdrawal

      *

      4. What category did the researchers originally place tianeptine in when they developed it?
      A. Non-opioid analgesic
      B. Antidepressant
      C. Anxiolytic

      *

      5. What do kratom’s active components resemble that create concern?
      A. Benzodiazepines
      B. Cannabinoids
      C. Opioids

      *

      6. The DEA tried to classify kratom as a Schedule I controlled substance in 2016. Why was this unsuccessful?
      A. Public outcry convinced them to withdraw the petition.
      B. They did not have the statutory authority to do so.
      C. The DEA’s re-evaluation concluded that there was insufficient evidence of abuse to warrant a C-I designation.

      *

      7. What does abuse of phenibut most closely resemble?
      A. Benzodiazepine abuse
      B. Opioid abuse
      C. Psychostimulant abuse

      *

      8. The FDA issued warning letters to the makers of phenibut in 2019. What was the outcome of the warning?
      A. All but one company withdrew their product from the market.
      B. The companies added additional safety information to their labels.
      C. The quantity of phenibut in most products increased.

      *

      9. On-line, what do people who promote phenibut say it is?
      A. A safe alternative to opioids
      B. A cognition enhancer
      C. Improving athletic performance

      *

      10. A bill is pending in Congress to make 7-hydroxymitragynine (7-HMG) a Schedule I substance. 7-HMG is a component of what unregulated product?
      A. Kratom
      B. Tianeptine
      C. Phenibut

      Pharmacy Technician Post Test (for viewing only)

      LAW: “Gas Station” Drugs: A Regulatory Void

      After completing this continuing education activity comma pharmacists and pharmacy technicians will be able to
      1. Contrast the regulation of different categories of therapeutic agents
      2. Describe the emergence and prevalence of “gas station” drugs
      3. List the potential effects of unregulated medical products
      4. Characterize the attempts to regulate examples of “gas station” drugs

      *

      1. In what way must a supplier interact with the FDA in order to market a dietary supplement?
      A. It needs to obtain FDA approval after submitting safety data.
      B. It follows a process similar to the requirements for an OTC drug.
      C. It does not need FDA approval.

      *

      2. Many therapeutic agents received fast track approval during the COVID pandemic as emergency use authorization (EUA) products. Why was the EUA program established?
      A. To accelerate the approval of novel or rare vaccines for pandemics.
      B. To facilitate the development of countermeasures for terrorist activities.
      C. To accelerate the approval of therapy for HIV/AIDS or orphan diseases.

      *

      3. A chronic user of tianeptine runs the risk of developing dependence. If the user discontinues tianeptine abruptly it may produce withdrawal effects. What withdrawal syndrome does it resemble?
      A. Opioid withdrawal
      B. Benzodiazepine withdrawal
      C. Cocaine withdrawal

      *

      4. What category did the researchers originally place tianeptine in when they developed it?
      A. Non-opioid analgesic
      B. Antidepressant
      C. Anxiolytic

      *

      5. What do kratom’s active components resemble that create concern?
      A. Benzodiazepines
      B. Cannabinoids
      C. Opioids

      *

      6. The DEA tried to classify kratom as a Schedule I controlled substance in 2016. Why was this unsuccessful?
      A. Public outcry convinced them to withdraw the petition.
      B. They did not have the statutory authority to do so.
      C. The DEA’s re-evaluation concluded that there was insufficient evidence of abuse to warrant a C-I designation.

      *

      7. What does abuse of phenibut most closely resemble?
      A. Benzodiazepine abuse
      B. Opioid abuse
      C. Psychostimulant abuse

      *

      8. The FDA issued warning letters to the makers of phenibut in 2019. What was the outcome of the warning?
      A. All but one company withdrew their product from the market.
      B. The companies added additional safety information to their labels.
      C. The quantity of phenibut in most products increased.

      *

      9. On-line, what do people who promote phenibut say it is?
      A. A safe alternative to opioids
      B. A cognition enhancer
      C. Improving athletic performance

      *

      10. A bill is pending in Congress to make 7-hydroxymitragynine (7-HMG) a Schedule I substance. 7-HMG is a component of what unregulated product?
      A. Kratom
      B. Tianeptine
      C. Phenibut

      References

      Full List of References

      1. Chappell B. 8 Things to Know About the Drug Known As 'Gas Station Heroin'. NPR. July 14, 2024. Accessed August 5, 2025. https://www.npr.org/2024/07/12/nx-s1-4865955/tianeptine-gas-station-heroin-drug
      2. Burkhart R. “Gas Station Heroin” Arises as New Threat. Pittsburg Post-Gazette. February 16, 2025. Accessed August 5, 2025. https://enews.wvu.edu/files/d/356bcab0-af27-4c7e-a05e-815808eb7cd9/tianeptine-aka-gas-station-heroin-an-emerging-threat-_-pittsburgh-post-gazette.pdf
      3. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. Development and Approval Process: Drugs. August 8, 2022. Accessed August 5, 2025. https://www.fda.gov/drugs/development-approval-process-drugs
      4. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. Emergency Use Authorization of Medical Products and Related Authorities: Guidance for Industry and Other Stakeholders. January 2017. Accessed August 5, 2025. https://www.fda.gov/regulatory-information/search-fda-guidance-documents/emergency-use-authorization-medical-products-and-related-authorities
      5. Gottron F. The Project BioShield Act: Issues for the 113th Congress. Congressional Research Service. June 18, 2014. Accessed August 5, 2025.
      https://sgp.fas.org/crs/terror/R43607.pdf
      6. Bodie A. FDA Regulation of Over-the-Counter (OTC) Drugs: Overview and Issues for Congress. Congressional Research Service. December 10, 2021. Accessed August 5, 2025.
      https://sgp.fas.org/crs/misc/R46985.pdf
      7. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. Drug Application Process for Nonprescription Drugs. December 23, 2024. Accessed August 5, 2025.
      https://www.fda.gov/drugs/types-applications/drug-application-process-nonprescription-drugs
      8. Chang J, Lizer A, Patel I, Bhatia D, Tan X, Balkrishnan R. Prescription to over-the-counter switches in the United States. J Res Pharm Pract. 2016;5(3):149-154. doi: 10.4103/2279-042X.185706
      9. National Institutes of Health. Dietary Supplement Health and Education Act of 1994. PL 103-417. 103rd Congress. Accessed August 5, 2025. https://ods.od.nih.gov/About/DSHEA_Wording.aspx
      10. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. Questions and Answers on Dietary Supplements. February 21, 2024. Accessed August 5, 2025. https://www.fda.gov/food/information-consumers-using-dietary-supplements/questions-and-answers-dietary-supplements
      11. Bailey RL. Current regulatory guidelines and resources to support research of dietary supplements in the United States. Crit Rev Food Sci Nutr. 2020;60(2):298-309. doi: 10.1080/10408398.2018.1524364
      12. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA warns consumers not to purchase or use any tianeptine product due to serious risks. May 8, 2025. Accessed August 5, 2025.
      https://www.fda.gov/drugs/drug-safety-and-availability/fda-warns-consumers-not-purchase-or-use-any-tianeptine-product-due-serious-risks
      13. Edinoff AN, Sall S, Beckman SP, Koepnick AD, et al.Tianeptine, an Antidepressant with Opioid Agonist Effects: Pharmacology and Abuse Potential, a Narrative Review. Pain Ther. 2023;12(5):1121-1134. doi: 10.1007/s40122-023-00539-5.
      14. Drug Enforcement Administration. Tianeptine. April 2025. Accessed August 5, 2025.
      https://www.deadiversion.usdoj.gov/drug_chem_info/tianeptine.pdf
      15. Nishio Y, Lindsley CW, Bender AM. ACS Chemical Neuroscience 2024;15 (21):3863-3873
      DOI: 10.1021/acschemneuro.4c00519
      16. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. Tianeptine Products Linked to Serious Harm, Overdoses and Death. May 9, 2025. Accessed August 5, 2025. https://www.fda.gov/consumers/consumer-updates/tianeptine-products-linked-serious-harm-overdoses-death
      17. Hoffman J. ‘Gas-Station Heroin’ Sold as Dietary Supplement Alarms Health Officials. NY Times. January 10, 2024. Accessed August 5, 2025.
      https://www.nytimes.com/2024/01/10/health/gas-station-heroin-tianeptine-addiction.html
      18. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. Tianeptine in Dietary Supplements. February 22, 2023. Accessed August 5, 2025.https://www.fda.gov/food/information-select-dietary-supplement-ingredients-and-other-substances/tianeptine-dietary-supplements
      19. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. New “Gas Station Heroin” Tianeptine Product Trend. May 8, 2025. Accessed August 5, 2025.
      https://www.fda.gov/consumers/health-fraud-scams/new-gas-station-heroin-tianeptine-product-trend
      20. North Carolina General Assembly. Regulation of Tianeptine – State by State Overview. March 11, 2024. Accessed August 5, 2025.
      https://webservices.ncleg.gov/ViewDocSiteFile/84838?ref=southarkansasreckoning.com
      21. Nurse K. Lawmakers Call for FDA Overhaul on 'Gas Station Heroin'. USA Today. January 20, 2024. Accessed August 5, 2025.
      https://www.usatoday.com/story/news/nation/2024/01/20/congress-fda-supplement-tianeptine-addictive/72294254007/
      22. H.R.7068 - STAND Against Emerging Opioids Act. 118th Congress (2023-2024). Accessed August 5, 2025.
      https://www.congress.gov/bill/118th-congress/house-bill/7068/all-actions
      23. Palone F. Pallone Introduces Bill to Prohibit Sale of “Gas Station Heroin.” April 23, 2024. Accessed August 5, 2025.
      https://democrats-energycommerce.house.gov/media/press-releases/pallone-introduces-bill-prohibit-sale-gas-station-heroin
      24. Gianutsos G. The DEA Changes its Mind on Kratom. US Pharm. 2017;41(3):7-9. Accessed August 5, 2025. https://www.uspharmacist.com/article/the-dea-changes-its-mind-on-kratom
      25.Drug Enforcement Administration. Kratom (Mitragyna speciosa korth). April 2025. Accessed August 5, 2025.https://www.deadiversion.usdoj.gov/drug_chem_info/kratom.pdf
      26. Legislative Analysis and Public Policy Association. Regulation of Kratom in America: An Update. September 2022. Accessed August 5, 2025.https://legislativeanalysis.org/wp-content/uploads/2022/10/Kratom-Fact-Sheet-FINAL.pdf
      27. Todd, D.A., Kellogg, J.J., Wallace, E.D. et al. Chemical composition and biological effects of kratom (Mitragyna speciosa): In vitro studies with implications for efficacy and drug interactions. Sci Rep. 2020;10:19158. Accessed August 5, 2025. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-020-76119-w
      28. Drug Enforcement Administration. Schedules of Controlled Substances: Temporary Placement of Mitragynine and 7-Hydroxymitragynine Into Schedule I. Fed Reg. 2016;81(169):59929-59934. Accessed August 5, 2025.https://www.govinfo.gov/content/pkg/FR-2016-08-31/pdf/2016-20803.pdf
      29. Drug Enforcement Administration. The Controlled Substances Act. Accessed August 5, 2025.
      https://www.dea.gov/drug-information/csa
      30. 44th WHO ECDD Summary Assessments, Findings and Recommendations. October 2021. Accessed August 5, 2025.https://cdn.who.int/media/docs/default-source/controlled-substances/44ecdd_unsg_annex1.pdf
      31. H.R.9634 - Federal Clarity for Kratom Consumers Act. 117th Congress (2021-2022). Accessed August 5, 2025. https://www.congress.gov/bill/117th-congress/house-bill/9634?q=%7B%22search%22%3A%22kratom%22%7D&s=1&r=3
      32. O’Connell-Domenech A. FDA Recommends Concentrated Kratom Be Scheduled as Illicit Substance. The Hill. July 29, 2025. Accessed August 5, 2025.
      https://thehill.com/homenews/administration/5425792-trump-administration-recommends-7-oh-scheduling/
      33. Bautista A. Kratom And The DEA: Current Stance and Updates. PureCBDNow. January 16, 2025. Accessed August 5, 2025. https://purecbdnow.com/article/kratom-and-the-dea/
      34. Heflin JO. Kratom Regulation: Federal Status and State Approaches. Library of Congress. November 28, 2023. Accessed August 5, 2025. https://www.congress.gov/crs-product/LSB11082#:~:text=Effective%20July%201%2C%202024%2C%20Colorado,or%20deleterious%20non%2Dkratom%20substances
      35. Lapin I. Phenibut (beta-phenyl-GABA): a tranquilizer and nootropic drug. CNS Drug Rev. 2001;7(4):471-81. doi: 10.1111/j.1527-3458.2001.tb00211.x.
      36. Owen DR, Wood DM, Archer JR, Dargan PI (September 2016). "Phenibut (4-amino-3-phenyl-butyric acid): Availability, prevalence of use, desired effects and acute toxicity". Drug and Alcohol Review. 2016;35(5): 591–6. doi:10.1111/dar.12356. hdl:10044/1/30073
      37. Gurley BJ, Koturbash L. Phenibut: A Drug with One Too Many “Buts”. Basic Clin Pharm Tox. 2024;135(4):409-416. Accessed August 5, 2025. https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/bcpt.14075.
      38. Jouney EA. Phenibut (β-Phenyl-γ-Aminobutyric Acid): an Easily Obtainable "Dietary Supplement" With Propensities for Physical Dependence and Addiction. Curr Psychiatry Rep. 2019;21(4):23. doi: 10.1007/s11920-019-1009-0
      39. Graves JM, Dilley J, Kubsad S, Liebelt E. Notes from the Field: Phenibut Exposures Reported to Poison Centers - United States, 2009-2019. Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2020;69(35):1227-1228. doi: 10.15585/mmwr.mm6935a5
      40. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA Acts on Dietary Supplements Containing DMHA and Phenibut. April 29, 2019. Accessed August 5, 2025. https://www.fda.gov/food/hfp-constituent-updates/fda-acts-dietary-supplements-containing-dmha-and-phenibut
      41. Cohen PA, Ellison RR, Travis JC, Gaufberg SV, Gerona R. Quantity of Phenibut in Dietary Supplements Before and After FDA Warnings. Clin Toxicol. 2022;60(4):486-488. doi: 10.1080/15563650.2021.1973020
      42. Lesser R, Cutler P. Discussion on Potentially Dangerous Substance Use by Utahns. Accessed August 5, 2025. https://le.utah.gov/interim/2024/pdf/00003671.pdf
      43. Gilbertson A, Keegan J. Labeled “Research” Chemicals, Doping Drugs Sold Openly on Amazon.com. The Markup. September 17, 2020. Accessed August 5, 2025. https://themarkup.org/banned-bounty/2020/09/17/amazon-sales-peptides-doping-drugs
      44. Brueck H, Landsverk G. Peptide Shots Are the Hot, New Fad For Anti-Aging and Building Muscle — But No One Really Knows What They Are. Business Insider. September 29, 2023. Accessed August 5, 2025. https://www.businessinsider.com/peptides-growth-hormone-hgh-new-health-fad-2023-9

      Pain Management in Palliative Care

      Learning Objectives

       

      After completing this application-based continuing education activity, pharmacists will be able to

      ·       Describe the principles of palliative and hospice care
      ·       Discuss treatment options to manage the end-of-life symptoms of air hunger and/or pain
      ·       Calculate appropriate opioid dose-equivalents
      ·       Recognize risks of diversion in the hospice setting

      After completing this application-based continuing education activity, pharmacy technicians will be able to

      ·       Describe the principles of palliative and hospice care
      ·       Identify treatment options to manage the end-of-life symptoms of air hunger and/or pain
      ·       Recognize risks of diversion in the hospice setting

      Sillouhette of two people on bench under trees

      Release Date:

      Release Date: September 3, 2025

      Expiration Date: September 3, 2028

      Course Fee

      Pharmacists - $7

      Technicians - $4

       

      ACPE UANs

      Pharmacist: 0009-0000-25-054-H08-P

      Pharmacy Technician: 0009-0000-25-054-H08-T

      Session Codes

      Pharmacist: 22YC48-JKV62

      Pharmacy Technician: 22YC48-XTY88

      Accreditation Hours

      2.0 hours of CE

      Accreditation Statements

      The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.  Statements of credit for the online activity ACPE UAN 0009-0000-25-054-H08-P/T  will be awarded when the post test and evaluation have been completed and passed with a 70% or better. Your CE credits will be uploaded to your CPE monitor profile within 2 weeks of completion of the program.

       

      Disclosure of Discussions of Off-label and Investigational Drug Use

      The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

      Faculty

      Lisa E. Ruohoniemi, PharmD
      Clinical Staff Pharmacist
      HCA Healthcare LewisGale Hospital Montgomery
      Blacksburg, VA

      Faculty Disclosure

      In accordance with the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education (ACPE) Criteria for Quality and Interpretive Guidelines, The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy requires that faculty disclose any relationship that the faculty may have with commercial entities whose products or services may be mentioned in the activity.

      Dr. Ruohoniemi has no relationship with ineligible companies and therefore has nothing to disclose.

       

      ABSTRACT

      Palliative and hospice care mitigate suffering and maintain patients’ dignity and comfort throughout the course of disease. Palliative and hospice care are different, but related. Patients become eligible for hospice care (an insurance benefit) when they no longer wish to pursue curative therapies, and their prognosis is 6 months of life expectancy or less. Hospice teams practice comfort care. Palliative care is available throughout a patient’s life-threatening disease. Towards life’s end, many patients experience pain and/or dyspnea (e.g., shortness of breath or air hunger). Opioids can alleviate these symptoms, but healthcare professionals face many clinical decisions when choosing a pain control regimen. They use equianalgesic dosing to convert patients from one opioid formulation to another. Particular issues arise in different care settings; practitioners in hospitals must manage pain crises, while those in transitional facilities, such as hospice houses offering respite care, must select appropriate routes of administration. Patients may have misconceptions about medications in hospice; being well-versed in opioids’ uses and side effects allays these concerns. Palliative/hospice care should always put the patient’s comfort first.

      CONTENT

      Content

      INTRODUCTION

      In 2020, The World Health Organization estimated that 40 million people need palliative care each year.1 Palliative care is “an interdisciplinary care delivery system designed to anticipate, prevent, and manage physical, psychological, social, and spiritual suffering to optimize quality of life for patients, their families, and caregivers.”2 As patients near the end of their lives, they may elect to pursue hospice care with a greater focus on maintaining their dignity and comfort.3 Such care is available in a variety of settings, including acute care hospitals, nursing homes, assisted living facilities, hospice houses, and the patient’s own home.4

      A misconception—that palliative care is relevant only at the end of a patient’s life—is common. All patients contending with serious illnesses can benefit from palliative services.5 Patients with chronic diseases may choose to pursue both active treatment of their condition and palliative care for symptom management, working with a specialized, interdisciplinary team of healthcare professionals.4 This team collaborates with patients and their families to identify the patient’s treatment priorities and work to eliminate suffering throughout the course of the disease.6

      Pharmacists are important members of the palliative care team and are involved with developing and implementing an individualized treatment plan for each patient.7 These plans “[require] specific patient goals with pharmacologic and nonpharmacologic management to improve quality of life while reducing costs and unnecessary medications.”7 Pharmacists provide valuable input to prescribers regarding medication selection, dosing recommendations, and nontraditional routes of administration, all of which will vary from patient to patient.6,7

      Pharmacy staff also have the opportunity to educate patients and their families directly regarding appropriate medication use and side effect management. Additionally, they may dispel myths about opioid use in palliative and hospice care and help identify allergies and adverse reactions. They are also well-placed to identify instances of medication diversion in both inpatient and outpatient settings.6-8

      Healthcare providers should feel comfortable managing patients pursuing palliative and hospice care, recognizing that medication is but one part of the care provided. The focus should be squarely on patients and their families and the goal of alleviating their suffering, no matter the stage of their disease.

      PRINCIPLES OF PALLIATIVE/HOSPICE CARE

      Palliative care is comprehensive in its management of the patient. According to the International Association for Hospice and Palliative Care, it9

      • Provides relief from pain and other distressing symptoms
      • Affirms life and regards dying as a normal process
      • Integrates the psychological and spiritual aspects of patient care
      • Offers a support system to help the family cope during the patient’s illness and in their own bereavement

      Knowing that palliative care is not withdrawal or withholding of care is critical; it is simply a treatment with a different goal in mind: in this case, comfort, whether the patient is seeking cure or not. Palliative care comprises many components aside from medication; these may include varied offerings like mental health counseling, art therapy, and pastoral care, among others. All hospice care is palliative in nature, but not all palliative care is hospice care.11

      Table 1 compares both types of care.

      Table 1. Characteristics of Palliative vs. Hospice Services12-14
      Palliative Services Hospice Services
      When is it implemented? As early as diagnosis; at any stage of disease 6-month life expectancy or less
      Is it used along with active treatment/life-prolonging measures? Yes No
      Where is it offered? Usually an acute care facility or outpatient clinic, but may also be offered in nursing home, hospice house, or private residence Various settings, including an acute care facility, nursing home, hospice house, private residence
      Are psychosocial/emotional support services offered? Yes Yes
      Does it involve treatment, including medication, for symptom relief? Yes Yes

      Opioids in End-of-Life Care: Management of Pain and/or Dyspnea

      Pain and dyspnea (also known as shortness of breath or air hunger) are common symptoms at the end of life.15,16 This holds true even for patients without a respiratory causative diagnosis such as chronic obstructive pulmonary disease; patients with cancer (70%), AIDS (11% to 62%) and other terminal illnesses also experience difficulty breathing at the end of life.17 And in one study of 988 terminally ill patients, half experienced moderate or severe pain.18 Easing these symptoms reduces patient and family distress during the active dying process.

      OPIOID PHARMACOLOGY

      Opioids are the mainstay of therapy for pain and dyspnea in end-of-life care due to their multimodal mechanism of action.15 In the body, they bind to three different opioid receptor subtypes, known as mu-, kappa-, and delta-receptors.16,19

      • Mu (μ) are responsible for analgesia, sedation, gastrointestinal distress, respiratory depression, euphoria, dependence
      • Kappa (κ) are responsible for analgesia, sedation, dyspnea and respiratory distress, euphoria
      • Delta (δ) are responsible for analgesia and spinal analgesia

      These receptors are present in pain pathways in the central nervous system; by binding to them, opioids inhibit stimulatory neurotransmitters that conduct pain signals to the brain.20

      Dyspnea’s exact mechanism at the end of life is poorly understood; however, opioids’ ability to mitigate shortness of breath is possibly due to their secondary effects. Opioids may alter a patient’s ventilatory response to carbon dioxide, ease hypoxia, change inspiratory flow resistive loading, and improve oxygen consumption.21 In other words, opioids decrease respiratory drive, alter the perception of breathlessness, change peripheral opioid receptors’ activity in the lung, and decrease anxiety, all of which contribute to the sensation of dyspnea.22 Patients and caregivers perceive the shortness of breath as anxiety and often reach for the benzodiazepines to relieve this discomfort. However, opioids are the drug of first choice for dyspnea and may provide relief of the underlying cause thereby minimizing anxiety.

       

      Selecting an Opioid

       

      Consideration of patient-specific factors should guide the healthcare provider’s selection of opioid for pain and dyspnea.23,24 Opioids’ pharmacokinetic profiles differ, sometimes substantially, from one medication to another. 25 Additionally, patients’ unique genetic identities may influence an opioid’s bioavailability, metabolism, and the patient’s physical response to the opioid.23 Table 2 lists some questions clinicians should ask themselves when deciding on a pain management regimen.

       

      Table 2. Clinical Considerations in the Selection of Opioids for a Patient Receiving Palliative Care25
      Consideration Example
      What kind of pain am I treating? Breakthrough vs. chronic, neuropathic vs. skeletomuscular

       

      What are the patient’s needs and goals? Some patients may prioritize total pain relief; others may tolerate more pain in order to be less sedated

       

      Is it practical and easy to administer the ordered dose? Order reasonable, whole-number doses at even dosing intervals, i.e., avoid oxycodone 3 mg by mouth every 5 hours
      Is the patient likely to derive meaningful relief from this regimen? Consider renal and hepatic function, body composition, feasible routes of administration, drug interactions, etc.

      Common Opioids Used in Palliative and Hospice Settings

      Opioids are classified into four groups based on their chemical structure:

      • Phenanthrenes
      • Benzomorphans
      • Phenylpiperidines
      • Diphenylheptanes

      The importance of these chemical structures will be discussed in the “Dispelling Common Hospice Myths” section.

      Table 3 describes opioids commonly used in the palliative and hospice settings, and some of their pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic characteristics.

      Table 3. Opioids* Commonly Used in the Palliative and Hospice Settings15,16,26
      Opioid Pharmacokinetic and Pharmacodynamic Characteristics
      Morphine (Avinza, Kadian, MS Contin, Duramorph, MSIR) Phenanthrene
      HydrophilicMetabolism: glucuronidation
      Highly protein-bound
      Mean elimination half-life: 2 hours
      Hydrocodone (Norco, Hycet, Vicodin, Lorcet, Lortab)

      Note: only available in combination with non-opioid analgesics

      Phenanthrene
      Metabolism: CYP2D6 enzyme
      Mean elimination half-life: 2.5-4 hours
      Oxycodone (Oxycontin, OxyIR, Roxicodone, XTAMPZA, Percocet)

      Note: available on its own and in combination with non-opioid analgesics

      Phenanthrene
      Metabolism: CYP2D6, CYP3A4 enzymes
      Mean elimination half-life: 2.5-3 hours
      Hydromorphone (Dilaudid, Exalgo) Phenanthrene
      HydrophilicMetabolism: glucuronidation
      Mean elimination half-life: 2-3 hours
      Fentanyl Piperidine
      Metabolism: CYP3A4 enzyme
      Tramadol (Ultram, Ryzolt) Mu-opioid agonist

      Metabolism: CYP2B6, CYP2D6 and CYP3A4 enzymes

      Mean elimination half-life: 6-8 hours

      *Note: Methadone, a diphenylheptane synthetic opioid derivative, is also commonly used for palliative and hospice patients with severe pain who are not opioid-naïve. Its metabolism is non-linear and its dosing is complicated; this continuing education activity will not discuss methadone in detail.26

      Renal and Hepatic Dysfunction

      Renal and hepatic metabolism affects multiple opioids. Table 4 discusses the use of these medications in instances of advanced kidney or liver disease and identifies drugs that should be avoided in these populations. In patients with impaired metabolism of opioids, providers should select the lowest effective dose and titrate cautiously to effect.

       

      Table 4. Opioids in Organ Impairment15,27,28,29

       

      Safe Use with Caution Avoid
      Renal Impairment
      Hydromorphone

      Methadone

      Fentanyl

      Hydrocodone

      Oxycodone

      Tramadol

      Morphine
      Hepatic Impairment
      Hydromorphone

      Fentanyl

      Morphine

      Hydrocodone

      Oxycodone

      Tramadol

      Methadone

      EQUIANALGESIC DOSE CONVERSIONS

      It is common in palliative and hospice care for patients to require multiple opioids for symptom management.30 As patients transition from the acute inpatient setting to outpatient care, clinicians should also consider converting parenteral opioid doses to oral forms whenever possible.31,32 This aids patient comfort and eases administration, particularly when a caregiver, rather than a medical professional, is responsible for the patient’s medication management.

      Equianalgesia refers to various opioids’ analgesic doses that are estimated to provide the same pain relief.33 Equianalgesic dose conversion charts and calculators are widely available as tools to help clinicians determine appropriate opioid dosages for patients; however, pharmacists should be aware that all conversion charts are approximations and are only to be used as guides.34,35 Different sources may have slight variances in their conversion factors.36 Clinicians may use these charts as a way to double-check their arithmetic by comparing the doses calculated using different tables. Table 5 is one example of an equianalgesic dose conversion chart. Additionally, because of patient-specific factors, the appropriate dose for a patient may not always be the one calculated based on a standardized ratio. There is no substitute for sound clinical judgment!

       

      Table 5. Equianalgesic Opioid Dose Conversions 15,37
      Drug Oral Dose Parenteral Dose Conversion Ratio (to oral morphine)
      Morphine 30 mg 10 mg 3:1
      Oxycodone 20 mg -- 2:3
      Hydrocodone 20 mg -- 2:3
      Hydromorphone 7 mg 1.5 mg Oral hydromorphone: 1:4

      Parenteral hydromorphone: 1:20

       

      To convert from one parenteral or oral opioid dose to another, follow these steps3,33,37,38:

      1.       Determine the total daily dose of current regimen in morphine equivalents

      a.       Add all doses of opioids the patient receives over a 24-hour period

      b.       Calculate equianalgesic morphine dose by multiplying the dose of the opioid you are switching from by the conversion factor*

       

      2.       Reduce the total daily dose of the new opioid by 25%-50% for incomplete cross tolerance*

       

      3.       Select the new dosing interval, accounting for short- and long-acting dosage forms

      a.       Convert the total daily dose (TDD) of the old opioid to the new opioid using a dose conversion chart

      b.       Determine the breakthrough/as-needed (PRN) dose of the new opioid by calculating 10-15% of the TDD for each PRN dose

       

      Utilize short dosing intervals (every 1-3 hours) for PRN pain control in hospice/palliative care

      * Incomplete Cross Tolerance

      On occasion, clinicians may need to switch patients from one opioid to another when a patient develops tolerance (decreased pharmacologic response pursuant to repeated or prolonged drug exposure).39 Incomplete cross tolerance occurs when patients have developed some level of tolerance to opioids with pharmacologically similar structures. However, the extent of this tolerance varies, and clinicians may unintentionally overdose patients by over-estimating their ability to handle an equianalgesic dose of a new opioid.39 To account for this phenomenon, clinicians should consider reducing the dose of the new opioid (i.e., the one you are switching to) by 25% to 50%.39,40

      Many patients experience decreased analgesia from their pain regimen over time and benefit from opioid rotation. Opioid rotation is the process of switching the patient to a novel opioid not currently part of their pain management plan.33 Of note, clinicians may also consider opioid rotation if patients experience intolerable side effects from a drug within the same class.

       

      Example 1: Converting from the parenteral to the oral form of the same drug

      Convert a patient on an IV morphine drip at 1 mg/hr, to an oral regimen or sustained-release morphine.

      1. Convert from IV to PO formulation using conversion factor
        • 24 mg IV morphine TDD * [3 mg PO morphine/1 mg IV morphine] = 72 mg PO morphine in 24 hours
      2. Split total daily dose into two oral doses of the extended-release formulation
        • 72 mg ÷ 2 = morphine sulfate ER 36 mg PO every 12 hours; but morphine sulfate ER is available in 30 mg tabs
        • Final dose – morphine sulfate ER 30 mg PO every 12 hours
      3. Calculate 10-15% of TDD for the breakthrough dose
        • TDD = 60 mg
        • 10% of TDD = 6 mg
        • 15% of TDD = 9 mg
        • Round to 10 mg PO morphine every 4-6 hours PRN; this dose was rounded up because we had to lower the around-the-clock dose due to the available dosage form.

       

      Example 2: Converting from the parenteral form of one drug to the oral form of another drug

      Convert hydromorphone 1 mg IV every 2 hours to a pain control regimen involving oxycodone extended release (ER) and oxycodone immediate release (IR) for breakthrough pain.

      1. Calculate total daily dose
        • Hydromorphone 1 mg IV every 2 hours = 12 mg IV hydromorphone/day
      2. Convert to new opioid using conversion factor
        • 12 mg IV hydromorphone x [20 mg oxycodone/1.5 mg IV hydromorphone] = 160 mg oxycodone/24 hours
      3. Dose reduce by 25%
        • 25% of 160 mg = 40 mg oxycodone
        • 160 mg – 40 mg = 120 mg oxycodone/24 hours
      4. Round to a reasonable, whole number dose and interval for long-acting formulation
        • 120 mg oxycodone/24 hours = 60 mg oxycodone ER every 12 hours
      5. Calculate 10-15% of the TDD for breakthrough dose
        • 120 mg oxycodone TDD x 10 to 15% = 10 mg or 15 mg every 3-4 hours
        • Use remaining 50% of total daily dose as short-acting formulation

       

       

      Note that healthcare providers still need to use good clinical judgment when determining the final recommendation; there is no standardized dosing interval for short-acting opioids, although long-acting opioids are not given more frequently than every eight hours.41,42

      ROUTE-SPECIFIC CONSIDERATIONS

      Intensol Formulations

      Oral opioids are the formulation of choice for most patients pursuing palliative and hospice care.43 At the end of life, many patients become frail and lose muscle tone, resulting in decreased swallowing ability; however, many of the most common medications used in hospice, including morphine, come in a highly concentrated intensol formulation. These concentrated products deliver sizable doses in very small liquid volumes.44

      Even in cases of severe pain and advanced illness, oral morphine remains an effective and suitable option; while inpatient facilities sometimes use morphine infusions, infusions are often unnecessary for patients at the end of life.44,45 To be most effective, clinicians should prescribe and administer morphine around the clock at consistent intervals to ensure steady pain control.45

      Concentrated morphine solution (Roxanol) is available in a 20 mg/1 mL solution, allowing effective delivery of the medication even in patients unable to swallow.46 In this situation, the caregiver can prop the patient’s body to a 30-degree angle and instill up to 1 mL of the intensol solution into the buccal (cheek) area. This area serves as a “reservoir” for the medication as it slowly trickles down into the gastrointestinal tract where it is absorbed.44

      Transdermal Fentanyl Patches

      Transdermal fentanyl patches may be a reasonable option for opioid-tolerant patients requiring around-the-clock pain control. Clinicians, however, should never employ transdermal fentanyl for immediate or intermittent pain relief as it takes approximately 24 hours (up to as much as 48 hours) for serum fentanyl concentrations to reach a constant state.47 Package labeling also specifies that prescribers should only use fentanyl patches in patients who

      • are already receiving opioid therapy
      • have developed opioid tolerance, and
      • are receiving a total daily dose at least equivalent to [fentanyl] 25 mcg/hr.47

      Opioid tolerance, for the purpose of using a fentanyl patch, is defined as having been on at least 60 mg of morphine or its dosage equivalent daily for at least a week.47

      Proper application of the fentanyl patch is necessary to ensure optimal pain relief and reduce the likelihood of adverse reactions. Clinicians should communicate the following to patients prescribed transdermal fentanyl patches47:

      • Each new fentanyl patch should be applied to a different skin site after removal of the previous one
      • The patch need not be applied to the area of discomfort or pain
      • Patients may tape the edges of the patch with first aid tape
      • If the patch falls off before 72 hours, dispose of it by folding it in half and flushing down the toilet
      • Fentanyl patches must never be cut
      • Never place a heating pad over a fentanyl patch

      Do not escalate fentanyl patch doses more frequently than every two to three days. When a patch is first applied, serum fentanyl concentrations will increase with the first few applications.47 Following several rounds of patch applications, serum concentrations eventually reach steady state, meaning that it is difficult to measure a patient’s pain relief accurately during the initiation of a new transdermal fentanyl dose.47 Premature dose escalation may lead to overdose.

      Additionally, body composition is an important clinical consideration when using transdermal fentanyl. This drug’s absorption is related to a patient’s body fat composition as fentanyl is lipophilic. Patients who are cachectic (wasting physically with weight and muscle mass loss due to disease) or suffer from profuse sweating, as many cancer patients do, will derive minimal benefit from transdermal fentanyl patches.44,48 Heat will increase the absorption of fentanyl from the patch, so heating pads must never be applied directly over the patch and patients with fever should have their patch removed and an alternate dosage form should be used.

      It is appropriate to use fentanyl patches in conjunction with opioids given by other routes of administration. Judicious use of the patches may reduce the need for breakthrough pain doses by providing more consistent drug delivery over the 72-hour application period. Levy’s Rule (See Figure 1) provides the conversion factor to calculate equianalgesic transdermal fentanyl doses based on a patient’s total daily dose of oral morphine equivalents.49

       

      FIGURE 1

       

      Levy’s Rule: Fentanyl patch dose (in mcg) = half of the TDD oral morphine

       

      Managing a Pain Crisis

      A pain crisis is a situation in which a patient’s pain is severe and uncontrolled, causing the patient, family, or both severe distress; the pain crisis may be sudden in onset or the result of worsening chronic pain.25 Clinicians should address this rapidly-escalating, uncontrolled pain promptly and aggressively. When patients are in pain crises, members of the treatment team, including nurses, pharmacists, and physicians, must work together to monitor their responses to opioid administration closely and make adjustments accordingly.50

      Clinicians should double the dose of the immediate-acting opioid every twenty minutes until the patient’s pain is controlled and conduct a review of the pain management plan thereafter to determine if dosage or administration frequency need to be changed.25 Opioids have no maximum dosage limit; particularly in the palliative care setting, doses must be titrated to an appropriate level of pain relief that ensures a satisfactory result.

      PAUSE AND PONDER: A patient is in pain crisis. You recommend doubling her dose of intravenous hydromorphone every 20 minutes, but her new nurse is nervous about increasing her dose so aggressively. How do you explain the treatment plan and alleviate his concern?

      DISPELLING COMMON HOSPICE MYTHS

      For many patients and their families, hospice is a difficult term to face at first. Pharmacists are in a unique position, both in the inpatient and outpatient settings, to speak to them as medication experts.7 Patients may express hesitation around opioid use related to a variety of factors.3,51 One study (N = 496) explored terminally-ill patients’ reasons for declining pain management; patients indicated that they feared addiction, found mental or physical side effects unwelcome, and resented the burden of medication in terms of number of doses.18 Table 6 lists some common misconceptions about opioid use in hospice care and suggests responses pharmacists can use to educate patients about these medications’ place in palliative care.

       

      Table 6. Myths and Facts About Opioid Use in Hospice Care3,52-55
      Myth Fact
      “Opioids will make me die faster” When used appropriately, opioids will not hasten death and can help relieve breathing discomfort many patients experience at the end of life.
      “I will get addicted to opioids” Patients may develop a tolerance to opioids, which occurs when they experience decreased pain relief compared to when they started taking the medication. This is a result of the way the drug works in the body. Patients may need higher doses to achieve the same effect. This is different from addiction. Addiction is a disease that involves a person’s repeated use of a drug despite experiencing negative consequences. Needing higher doses of an opioid does not mean a person is addicted.
      “Going on hospice care and taking opioids means giving up” Hospice provides care tailored to a patient’s dignity, comfort, and quality of life. It is not the same as withdrawing medical treatment; in fact, a multidisciplinary team of healthcare professionals manages patients in hospice. Medications, like opioids, are only one component of the care hospice patients receive.
      “I get too constipated when I take opioids” Constipation is a common opioid side effect that does not resolve over time, so clinicians need to prescribe appropriate laxatives for patients on opioids. Constipation in itself is not a contraindication to the use of opioids in palliative/hospice care.

       

      Allergy vs “Allergy”

       

      Another common misconception patients have regarding opioid use relates to allergies, as many opioid side effects mimic symptoms of true allergic reactions.56 Palliative care clinicians need to be able to differentiate between a true allergy and an adverse reaction to determine appropriate pain regimens for patients safely.

       

      True drug allergies, also known as type I hypersensitivity reactions, are due to immunoglobulin E (IgE)-mediated release of antibodies against the offending agent.57 This reaction, in its severest form presenting as anaphylaxis, occurs in less than 2% of patients.56,57 While the gold standard for identifying a true drug allergy is drug provocation testing, achieved by exposing a patient to small doses of suspected drugs and monitoring for a reaction, clinicians rarely order drug provocation testing in practice and it is even less relevant in the hospice population.58

       

      In contrast to drug allergies, adverse reactions (see Table 7) are known or expected responses, different from the intended therapeutic effect, to a medication.59 Such adverse reactions are commonly due to the parent opioid’s active metabolites.16

       

      Table 7. Management of Common Opioid Adverse Reactions56,62
      Adverse Reaction Do patients develop tolerance to this adverse reaction? Management
      Nausea/vomiting Yes May recommend use of prophylactic antiemetics (i.e., ondansetron, metoclopramide)
      Constipation No Routinely recommend concomitant use of a stool softener (i.e., psyllium or docusate) or stimulant laxative (i.e., senna, bisacodyl)
      Itching Yes May recommend use of prophylactic H1 or H2 histamine antagonist (i.e., diphenhydramine, loratadine, famotidine)

       

       

      Patients may also demonstrate pseudo-allergy to an opioid, which is an adverse reaction that appears to mimic a true allergy but is unaffected by IgE.56 These may include mild itching, skin redness, or bronchospasm but do not necessarily indicate an allergic reaction.60 Instead, they are more commonly due to a histamine-mediated response.60 Histamine release is related to the opioid’s potency; the more potent the opioid, the less histamine release and the lower the likelihood of a histamine-mediated reaction.

       

      If a patient demonstrates any one of these symptoms or develops several that are mild in severity, it does not necessarily signal the patient has an immune-related allergy to opioids. Similarly, histamine-meditated adverse reactions do not mean opioids as a class are contraindicated for use in the affected patient. Clinicians in this scenario can opt to pre-medicate the patient with antihistamines or steroids before administering an opioid for a few days until the effect is minimized.60 They may also consider an alternative opioid in a different pharmacologic opioid class which may be more tolerable.60

       

      PAUSE AND PONDER: What questions would you ask patients to assess whether they are experiencing an allergy versus a side effect?

       

      Cross-reactivity can occur when a chemical component of one medication is like that in another, resulting in an allergic reaction to both drugs.61 Understanding opioids’ chemical structures (see Table 8) allows clinicians to determine risk of cross-reactivity when they are concerned about a true allergy. Cross-reactivity may occur within the same class; for example, a patient with a true allergy to codeine should not take oxycodone. However, it is reasonable for a patient with an allergy to a drug in one class of opioids to take a medication from another class.62 The risk for cross-reactivity in this situation is low, but if the patient has a true allergic reaction, they should only take an opioid from another class under supervision of a healthcare professional until allergy to that product is ruled out.62

       

      Table 8. Chemical Classes of Opioids16
      Phenanthrenes Benzomorphans Phenylpiperidines Diphenylheptanes
      Buprenorphine

      Butorphanol

      Codeine

      Hydromorphone

      Morphine

      Nalbuphine

      Oxycodone
      Oxymorphone

      Pentazocine Alfentanil

      Fentanyl

      Meperidine

      Sufentanil

      Methadone

       

      DIVERSION

      Drug diversion is defined as “a criminal act or deviation that removes a prescription drug from its intended path from the manufacturer to the intended patient.”63 The hospice setting is not immune to the risk of diversion. Given the estimate that more than 90% of hospice and palliative care patients receive a controlled pain medication, diversion is a very real concern.30 One survey of 371 hospices revealed that 31% of facilities interviewed reported at least one case of confirmed diversion in the past quarter.64

      Palliative care presents unique diversion issues because it is often delivered in the patient’s home, rather than a facility. The home environment, while often the preferred site of care, is less closely monitored and controlled than in an inpatient setting, making it a susceptible site of opioid diversion.65 Caregivers, family members, healthcare providers, and patients themselves may all divert opioids.66

      Identifying diversion

      Providers should be able to identify instances of possible diversion and take reasonable steps to prevent it from happening.67 State prescription drug monitoring programs (PDMPs) are one such way to monitor patient’s access to opioids.68 These programs vary from state to state, but all allow authorized providers to review a patient’s controlled substance fill history.68 Practitioners should make it a habit to review their state’s PDMP prior to filling a prescription for a controlled substance to determine whether a patient may seek out multiple prescribers or visit different pharmacies. Such behavior does not always indicate drug misuse or diversion but should prompt the pharmacist to identify any risky activity. Other common “red flags” that may signal a person is diverting medication:

      □ Frequent or early refill requests from patient or caregiver

      □ Inaccurate or missing record-keeping by pharmacy or hospice agency

      □ Noncommunicative patients who appear to always be in severe pain/distress

      □ Impaired caregivers, including both family members and home health staff

      The University of Maryland, Baltimore, in conjunction with the Hospice Foundation of America, has developed 15 recommendations for preventing medication diversion and misuse in hospice care.69 These include recommendations related to several care areas featured in Figure 2.

      FIGURE 2

       

      Various strategies about preventing medication diversion and misuse in this figure. Contact Joanne at joanne.nault@uconn.edu for more information.

      Hospice Prescriptions Transmitted by Facsimile

      Federal and state laws regulate controlled substances dispensing for hospice patients. Specifically, prescribers may fax prescriptions for C-II medications to retail pharmacies without needing to subsequently furnish a hard copy as they would for a non-hospice patient.70 The federal law regarding faxing C-II prescriptions for hospice patients states that “a prescription prepared in accordance with §1306.05 written for a Schedule II narcotic substance for a patient enrolled in a hospice care program certified and/or paid for by Medicare under Title XVIII or a hospice program which is licensed by the state may be transmitted by the practitioner or the practitioner's agent to the dispensing pharmacy by facsimile. The practitioner or the practitioner's agent will note on the prescription that the patient is a hospice patient. The facsimile serves as the original written prescription for purposes of this paragraph (g) and it shall be maintained in accordance with §1304.04(h).”70 The faxed prescription must indicate that it is for a hospice patient in order to be filled legally—pharmacy teams should make note of this rule and ensure prescribers so annotate prescriptions. 

      Conclusion

      Patients in palliative and hospice care have unique needs. Clinicians should be familiar with how the two types of care differ and their common characteristics. To manage a patient’s pain and dyspnea, healthcare providers should have a solid foundational knowledge of opioid medications and an understanding of how to select and tailor patients’ pain control regimens to their specific needs. There is no treatment algorithm for pain management, just as there is no standardized equianalgesic opioid dose conversion chart. Clinicians must account for patient- and drug-specific factors and use their own judgment when transitioning patients from one opioid to another to ensure adequate pain control. Certain formulations, such as intensol and transdermal patches, also have route-specific considerations. Pharmacists particularly are well-placed to educate other healthcare professionals as well as patients and their caregivers about opioids’ place in palliative/hospice care. They can “myth-bust” common hospice misconceptions, help identify allergies and adverse reactions, and inform treatment decisions related to acute situations (like pain crises) and transitions from inpatient to outpatient settings. They can also be closely involved in monitoring, documenting, and preventing issues related to medication diversion. Drug therapy is a significant component of palliative/hospice care. It requires a thorough and sensitive understanding by medical staff so that patients derive maximum benefit from it as they approach the end of their lives. Alleviation of suffering, and the protection of a patient’s dignity, should be at the core of any medication decisions made for these patients.

      Pharmacist Post Test (for viewing only)

      Pain Management in Palliative Care
      25-054

      Learning Objectives
      • Describe the principles of palliative and hospice care
      • Discuss treatment options to manage the end-of-life symptoms of air hunger and/or pain
      • Calculate appropriate opioid dose-equivalents
      • Recognize risks of diversion in the hospice setting

      *

      1. Which of the following is TRUE of palliative care?
      a. It can hasten a patient’s death by using high doses of opioids and benzodiazepines
      b. It is intended for patients with a life expectancy of six months or less
      c. It is intended for any patient with a chronic disease, regardless of stage of illness

      *

      2. Your pharmacy receives a faxed prescription for KL. It has all the valid components of a legal prescription but does not specify “hospice patient” on it. Her family member confirms that KL is in fact pursuing hospice care. What should your next step be?
      a. Fill the prescription as-is, indicating on the back of the fax that it is for a hospice patient; pharmacist documentation is sufficient
      b. Call the physician’s office to request the prescription be re-transmitted with the necessary information documented on it
      c. Contact your local DEA office to report your suspicion of medication diversion, as the prescription is a counterfeit

      *

      3. The hospitalist is preparing to discharge patient NM who has previously been on IV hydromorphone 1 mg q4h PRN, averaging four doses per day. He would like to send NM home on oral oxycodone at the same dosing interval (every four hours). What dose would you recommend?
      a. Oxycodone 10 mg by mouth every 4 hours PRN
      b. Oxycodone 5 mg by mouth every 4 hours PRN
      c. Oxycodone 8.88 mg by mouth four times per day PRN

      *

      4. Which of the following is a step a home hospice agency could take to prevent diversion?
      a. Designate one staff member to witness medication disposal after a patient dies
      b. Conduct urine drug screens for new hires prior to an unsupervised home visit
      c. Permit hospice staff to transport controlled substances via their personal vehicles

      *

      5. A man comes in with several prescriptions for his 98-year-old mother. He is concerned that the physician ordered morphine intensol, saying, “She was just in the hospital for pneumonia because she keeps inhaling her food when she eats. Won’t this cause the same problem?” How could you respond?
      a. Tell him you will call the physician to have her change the order to morphine 10 mg/5 mL liquid
      b. Advise him to crush her extended-release morphine tablets and use a small amount of water to make a paste she can swallow
      c. Reassure him that morphine intensol is a concentrated liquid formulation that delivers drug in a very small volume

      *

      6. Which of the following might lead you to consider the possibility that a family member was diverting controlled substances for a hospice patient?
      a. Family member claims patient needs morphine intensol for difficulty breathing, even though the patient isn’t dying from a lung disease
      b. Family member provides prescriptions from several providers in different specialties and office locations
      c. Family member claims patient needs morphine intensol for pain, even though the patient is on a high dose that should sedate her enough to be comfortable

      *

      7. Patient RT has advanced lung cancer with metastases to the bone and brain. He comes to your hospital in a pain crisis, as his family has been unable to control his pain with oral medications at home. The hospitalist starts him on hydromorphone 1 mg IV every 5 minutes. RT receives four consecutive doses but is still in excruciating 10/10 pain. What is the best next step to recommend?
      a. Double the dose to hydromorphone 2 mg IV every 5 minutes
      b. Transition the patient to an equianalgesic dose of oral hydromorphone
      c. Initiate an oral long-acting opioid such as extended-release morphine or extended-release oxycodone

      *

      8. When converting a dose of one opioid to an equianalgesic dose of another, you must reduce your final calculated dose by 25-50%. Why is this?
      a. To account for incomplete cross-tolerance and reduce the risk of overdosing the patient with the new opioid
      b. To ensure the patient has less potent strengths of an opioid, thereby reducing the likelihood of diversion
      c. To make it easier to round your calculated dose to a whole number so patients don’t have to split tablets

      *

      9. You are a pharmacist in a long-term care facility. You note that one of your patients is a good candidate for a fentanyl patch. He is currently on oxycodone ER 30 mg by mouth BID and oxycodone 5 mg by mouth every four hours as needed. He normally receives three breakthrough doses in a 24 hour-period. What would you recommend?
      a. Fentanyl 75 mcg/hour patch, and continue the oxycodone 5 mg by mouth every four hours as needed
      b. Fentanyl 100 mcg/hour patch, and discontinue the oxycodone 5 mg by mouth every four hours as needed
      c. Fentanyl 50 mcg/hour patch, and continue the oxycodone 5 mg by mouth every four hours as needed

      *

      10. WN is a 45-year-old male recently diagnosed with ALS (Lou Gehrig’s Disease). He asks to meet with your hospital’s palliative nurse to discuss symptom management. Which of the following is true?
      a. WN should exhaust all treatment options before pursuing palliative care
      b. Palliative care can be administered alongside treatment
      c. WE cannot explore palliative care until he is estimated to have a 6-month life expectancy or less

      *

      11. Patient RT has advanced lung cancer with metastases to the bone and brain. He comes to your hospital in a pain crisis, as his family has been unable to control his pain with medication at home. The hospitalist starts him on hydromorphone 1 mg IV every 5 minutes. RT receives four consecutive doses but is still in excruciating pain. What is the next step to recommend?
      a. Increase the dose to hydromorphone 2 mg IV every 5 minutes
      b. Transition the patient to an equianalgesic dose of oral hydromorphone
      c. Initiate a long-acting opioid such as extended-release morphine or extended-release oxycodone

      *

      12. A pharmacy student uses two different equianalgesic dose conversion charts to calculate an oral hydromorphone dose and comes up with two different calculations: hydromorphone 3 mg by mouth every four hours vs. hydromorphone 4 mg by mouth every four hours. You advise that the 4 mg dose is the better option. Why is this?
      a. The patient likely needs a higher dose for better pain control
      b. It is a more feasible dose to administer due to the tablet size
      c. You calculated the dose to be 4 mg based on the equianalgesic dose conversion chart you used

      *

      13. In what clinical situation would you consider opioid rotation?
      a. In a patient who has developed unbearable constipation, despite taking medications to manage it
      b. In a patient who was started on a fentanyl patch one day ago and has yet to show a response
      c. In a patient who is responding well to the same pain regimen he has been on for the past two years

      *

      14. You receive a palliative care consult for a patient with chronic kidney disease who has now also developed acute renal failure. His creatinine clearance in the hospital is currently 24 mL/min. He has been receiving hydromorphone 8 mg by mouth every 6 hours. What is an appropriate recommendation?
      a. Continue on the current dose
      b. Reduce the dose to 4 mg every 6 hours
      c. Increase the dose to 16 mg every 6 hours

      *

      15. Your patient BB has lost IV access. She was previously receiving morphine 1 mg IV every 2 hours PRN, averaging about 9 doses per day. What would an appropriate oral morphine dose administered every 4 hours PRN be?
      a. Morphine 5 mg by mouth every 4 hours PRN
      b. Morphine 1.5 mg by mouth every 4 hours PRN
      c. Morphine 2.5 mg by mouth every 4 hours PRN

      Pharmacy Technician Post Test (for viewing only)

      Pain Management in Palliative Care
      25-054

      Learning Objectives
      After completing this CE activity, pharmacy technicians will be able to
      • Describe the principles of palliative and hospice care
      • Identify treatment options to manage the end-of-life symptoms of air hunger and/or pain
      • Recognize risks of diversion in the hospice setting

      *

      1. Which of the following is TRUE of palliative care?
      a. It can hasten a patient’s death by using high doses of opioids and benzodiazepines
      b. It is intended for patients with a life expectancy of six months or less
      c. It is intended for any patient with a chronic disease, regardless of stage of illness

      *

      2. Your pharmacy receives a faxed prescription for KL. It has all the valid components of a legal prescription but does not specify “hospice patient” on it. Her family member confirms that KL is in fact pursuing hospice care. What should your next step be?
      a. Fill the prescription as-is, indicating on the back of the fax that it is for a hospice patient; pharmacist documentation is sufficient
      b. Call the physician’s office to request the prescription be re-transmitted with the necessary information documented on it
      c. Contact your local DEA office to report your suspicion of medication diversion, as the prescription is a counterfeit

      *

      3. A patient comes to your pharmacy with a prescription for methadone. You note she has an allergy to morphine listed in her profile. Which of the following is true?
      a. Methadone is not likely to cause the same reaction based on the risk of cross-reactivity
      b. You can assume it is probably not a true allergy as many patients report morphine allergy
      c. This patient should not take methadone because of her allergy; she will have the same reaction to both

      *

      4. Which of the following is a step a home hospice agency could take to prevent diversion?
      a. Designate one staff member to witness medication disposal after a patient dies
      b. Conduct urine drug screens for new hires prior to an unsupervised home visit
      c. Permit hospice staff to transport controlled substances via their personal vehicles

      *

      5. A man comes in with several prescriptions for his 98-year-old mother. He is concerned that the physician ordered morphine intensol, saying, “She was just in the hospital for pneumonia because she keeps inhaling her food when she eats. Won’t this cause the same problem?” How could you respond?
      a. Tell him you will call the physician to have her change the order to morphine 10 mg/5 mL liquid
      b. Advise him to crush her extended-release morphine tablets and use a small amount of water to make a paste she can swallow
      c. Reassure him that morphine intensol is a concentrated liquid formulation that delivers drug in a very small volume

      *

      6. Which of the following might lead you to consider the possibility that a family member was diverting controlled substances for a hospice patient?
      a. Family member claims patient needs morphine intensol for difficulty breathing, even though the patient isn’t dying from a lung disease
      b. Family member provides prescriptions from several providers in different specialties and office locations
      c. Family member claims patient needs morphine intensol for pain, even though the patient’s high dose that should keep her comfortable

      *

      7. Your patient YP comes into your pharmacy to fill a prescription for oxycodone/acetaminophen 5/325 mg one tablet by mouth every four hours as needed. You see an allergy to morphine listed in his profile. When you ask him about it, he says, “It makes me so sick, I can’t stomach it.” How do you respond?
      a. Tell him he should not take the oxycodone/acetaminophen, as he will also be allergic to it and will not be able to tolerate it
      b. Tell him all opioids make people nauseous, and he should take morphine rather than oxycodone/acetaminophen since it isn’t a real allergy
      c. Confirm with the pharmacist that YP can take the oxycodone/acetaminophen, as nausea is a side effect rather than an allergy

      *

      8. A patient hands you a prescription. She says, “My doctor had to increase my dose from 1 mg to 2 mg. I’ve been on it for a year but it doesn’t feel like it’s doing anything for me anymore.” What term best describes the phenomenon the patient is experiencing?
      a. Tolerance
      b. Addiction
      c. Medication diversion

      *

      9. In what way does hospice care differ from palliative care?
      a. Hospice uses no active treatment or life-prolonging measures
      b. Hospice involves psychosocial and emotional support services
      c. Hospice is only provided in a patient’s home or hospital

      *

      10. WN is a 45-year-old male recently diagnosed with ALS (Lou Gehrig’s Disease). He asks to meet with your hospital’s palliative nurse to discuss symptom management. Which of the following is true?
      a. WN should exhaust all treatment options before pursuing palliative care
      b. Palliative care can be administered alongside treatment
      c. WN cannot explore palliative care until his estimated life expectancy less than 6 month

      References

      Full List of References

      References

         

        References
        1. World Health Organization. Palliative Care Key Facts. World Health Organization website. August 5, 2020. Accessed May 3, 2021. https://www.who.int/news-room/fact-sheets/detail/palliative-care

        2. National Consensus Project for Quality Palliative Care. Clinical Practice Guidelines for Quality Palliative Care. 4th edition. Richmond, VA: National Coalition for Hospice and Palliative Care; 2018. Accessed April 14, 2021.https://www. nationalcoalitionhpc.org/ncp.

        3. Clary PL, Lawson, P. Pharmacologic pearls for end-of-life care. Am Fam Physician. 2009;79(12):1059-1065.

        4. National Institute on Aging. What are palliative and hospice care? U.S. Department of Health and Human Services website. May 17, 2017. Accessed May 3, 2021. https://www.nia.nih.gov/health/what-are-palliative-care-and-hospice-care#:~:text=Palliative%20care%20is%20a%20resource,from%20the%20point%20of%20diagnosis

        5. American College of Surgeons Trauma Quality Improvement Program. Palliative care best practices guidelines. American College of Surgeons website. October 2017. Accessed May 3, 2021. https://www.facs.org/-/media/files/quality-programs/trauma/tqip/palliative_guidelines.ashx

        6. Demler, TL. Pharmacist involvement in hospice and palliative care. US Pharm. 2016;41(3):HS2-HS5.

        7. Barbee J, Kelley S, Andrews J, Harman A. Palliative care: the role of the pharmacist. Pharm Times. 2016;5(6). https://www.pharmacytimes.com/view/palliative-care-the-pharmacists-role

        8. Walker KA, Scarpaci L, McPherson ML. Fifty reasons to love your palliative care pharmacist. Am J Hosp Palliat Care. 2010;27(8):511-513. doi: 10.1177/1049909110371096

        9. What is palliative care? International Association for Hospice and Palliative Care website. Accessed May 6, 2021. https://hospicecare.com/what-we-do/publications/getting-started/5-what-is-palliative-care

        10. Palliative care or hospice? National Hospice and Palliative Care Organization website. 2019. Accessed May 3, 2021. https://www.nhpco.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/04/PalliativeCare_VS_Hospice.pdf

        11. Palliative care defined. Hospice Foundation of America website. 2018. Accessed May 7, 2021. https://hospicefoundation.org/Hospice-Care/Palliative-Care-Defined

        12. Palliative care vs. hospice: what’s the difference? Vitas Healthcare website. Accessed May 3, 2021. https://www.vitas.com/hospice-and-palliative-care-basics/about-palliative-care/hospice-vs-palliative-care-whats-the-difference

        13. Palliative care vs. hospice: similar but different. Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services website. Accessed May 3, 2021. https://www.cms.gov/Medicare-Medicaid-Coordination/Fraud-Prevention/Medicaid-Integrity-Education/Downloads/infograph-PalliativeCare-%5BJune-2015%5D.pdf

        14. Healthline. What’s the difference between palliative care and hospice? Healthline website. February 7, 2020. Accessed May 3, 2021. https://www.healthline.com/health/palliative-care-vs-hospice#how-to-decide

        15. Groninger H, Vijayan J. Pharmacologic management of pain at the end of life. Am Fam Physician. 2014;90(1):26-32.

        16. Trescot AM, Datta S, Lee M, Hansen H. Opioid pharmacology. Pain Physician. 2008;11(2 Suppl):S133-S153.

        17. Ross DD, Alexander CS. Management of common symptoms in terminally ill patients: part II. Am Fam Physician. 2001;64(6):1019-1027

        18. Weiss SC, Emanuel LL, Fairclough DL, Emanuel EJ. Understanding the experience of pain in terminally ill patients. Lancet. 2001;357(9265):1311-1315. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(00)04515-3

        19. Vallejo R, Barkin RL, Wang VC. Pharmacology of opioids in the treatment of chronic pain syndromes. Pain Physician. 2011;14:E343-E360.

        20. Trang T, Al-Hasani R, Salvemini D, Salter MW, Gutstein H, Cahill CM. Pain and poppies: the good, the bad, and the ugly of opioid analgesics. J Neurosci. 2015;35(41):13879-13888. doi:10.1523/JNEUROSCI.2711-15.2015

        21. Kamal AH, Maguire JM, Wheeler JL, Currow DC, Abernethy AP. Dyspnea review for the palliative care professional: treatment goals and therapeutic options. J Pall Med. 2012;15(1):106-114. doi:10.1089/jpm.2011.0110

        22. Mahler, D. Opioids for refractory dyspnea. Expert Rev Respir Med. 2014;7(2):123-135. doi:10.1586/ers.13.5

        23. NICE Clinical Guidelines, No. 140. Cardiff, UK; National Collaborating Centre for Cancer; 2012. National Collaborating Centre for Cancer (UK). Accessed April 20, 2021. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK115251/ .

        24. Barnett M. Alternative opioids to morphine in palliative care: a review of current practice and evidence. Postgrad Med J. 2001;77:371-378. doi:10.1136/pmj.77.908.371

        25. Moryl, N, Coyle N, Foley KM. Managing an acute pain crisis in a patient with advanced cancer. JAMA. 2008;299(12):1457-1467. doi:10.1001/jama.299.12.1457

        26. Brown R, Kraus C, Fleming M, Reddy S. Methadone: applied pharmacology and use as adjunctive treatment in chronic pain. Postgrad Med J. 2004;80(949):654-659. doi:10.1136/pgmj.2004.022988

        27. Broadbent A, Khor K, Heaney A. Palliation and chronic renal failure: opioid and other palliative medications- dosage guidelines. Prog Palliat Care. 2013;11(4):183-190. doi: 10.1179/096992603225002627

        28. Arnold R, Verrico P, Karnell A, Davison SN. opioid use in renal failure. Palliative Care Network of Wisconsin website. March 2020. Accessed May 3, 2021. https://www.mypcnow.org/fast-fact/opioid-use-in-renal-failure/

        29. Oliverio C, Malone N, Rosielle DA. Opioid use in liver failure. Palliative Care Network of Wisconsin website. September 2015. Accessed May 3, 2021. https://www.mypcnow.org/fast-fact/opioid-use-in-liver-failure/

        30. Cagle, JG. Strategies for detecting, addressing, and preventing drug diversion in hospice and palliative care. J Pain Symptom Manage. 2019;57(2):360. doi: 10.1016/j.jpainsymman.2018.12.023

        31. Muller-Busch HC, Lindena G, Kietze K, Woskanjan S. Opioid switch in palliative care, opioid choice by clinical need and opioid availability. Eur J Pain. 2012;9(5):571. doi: 10.1016/j.ejpain.2004.12.003
        32. Portenoy RK, Mehta Z, Ahmed E. Cancer Pain management with opioids: optimizing analgesia. UptoDate website. January 12, 2021. Accessed May 3, 2021. https://www.uptodate.com/contents/cancer-pain-management-with-opioids-optimizing-analgesia

        33. Bhatnagar M, Pruskowski J. Opioid Equivalency. StatPearls Publishing;2020. Accessed April 19, 2021. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK535402/#_NBK535402_pubdet_.

        34. Arnold R, Weissman DE. Calculating opioid dose conversions. Palliative Care Network of Wisconsin. May 2015. Accessed May 3, 2021. https://www.mypcnow.org/fast-fact/calculating-opioid-dose-conversions/

        35. Pereira J, Lawlor P, Vigano A, Dorgan M, Bruera E. Equianalgesic dose ratios for opioids: a critical review and proposals for long-term dosing. J Pain Symptom Manage. 2001;22(2):672-687. doi:10.1016/s0885-3924(01)00294-9

        36. Anderson R, Saiers JH, Abram S, Schlicht C. Accuracy in equianalgesic dosing: conversion dilemmas. J Pain Symptom Manage. 2001;21(5):397-406. doi:10.1016/s0885-3924(01)00271-8

        37. Periyakoil V. Equivalency table. Stanford School of Medicine Palliative Care website. Accessed May 3, 2021. https://palliative.stanford.edu/opioid-conversion/opioids/

        38. Opioid prescribing guideline resources. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention website. February 2021. Accessed 4/19/2021. https://www.cdc.gov/drugoverdose/prescribing/guideline.html

        39. Dumas EO, Pollack GM. Opioid tolerance development: a pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamic perspective. AAPS J. 2008;10(4):537-551. doi:10.1208/s12248-008-9056-1

        40. Pasternak GW. Preclinical pharmacology and opioid combinations. Pain Med. 2012;13:S4-S11. doi:10.1111/j.1526-4637.2012.01335.x

        41. Vallerand AH. The use of long-acting opioids in chronic pain management. Nurs Clin North Am. 2003;38(3):435-445. doi: 10.1016/s0029-6465(02)00094-4.

        42. Fine PG, Mahajan G, McPherson ML. Long-acting opioids and short-acting opioids: appropriate use in chronic pain. Pain Med. 2009;10(Supp 2):S79-S88. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1526-4637.2009.00666.x

        43. Kestenbaum MG, Messersmith S, Vilches AO, et al. Alternative routes to oral opioid administration in palliative care: a review and clinical summary. Pain Med. 2014;15(7):1129-1153. doi:10.1111/pme.12464

        44. McPherson, ML, Kim, M, Walker, KA. 50 practical medication tips at end of life. J Support Onc. 2012;10(6):222-229. doi:10.1016/j.suponc.2012.08.002

        45. Miller, KE. Continuous infusion of IV morphine for cancer pain. AM Fam Physician. 2003;67(2):416-417.

        46. Morphine sulfate solution. Prescribing information. Boehringer Ingelheim; 2012. Accessed April 20, 2021. https://docs.boehringer-ingelheim.com/Prescribing%20Information/PIs/Roxanol/Roxanol.pdf

        47. Duragesic. Prescribing information. Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc; 2021. Accessed April 20, 2021. https://www.janssenlabels.com/package-insert/product-monograph/prescribing-information/DURAGESIC-pi.pdf

        48. Clemens KE, Klaschik E. Clinical experience with transdermal and orally administered opioids in palliative care patients- a retrospective study. Jpn J Clin Oncol. 2007;37(4):302-309. doi:10.1093/jjco/hym017

        49. Levy, MH. Pharmacologic treatment of cancer pain. N Engl J Med. 1996;335(15):1124-1132. doi: 10.1056/NEJM199610103351507

        50. Ferrell B, Levy MH, Paice J. Managing pain from advanced cancer in the palliative care setting. Clin J Oncol Nurs. 2008;12(4):575-581. doi: 10.1188/08.CJON.575-581

        51. Berger JM, Vadivelu N. Common misconceptions about opioid use for pain management at the end of life. Virtual Mentor. 2013;15(5):403-409. doi: 10.1001/virtualmentor.2013.15.5.ecas1-1305

        52. Harrod CG, Mahler DA, Selecky PA et al. American College of Chest Physicians consensus statement on the management of dyspnea in patients with advanced lung or heart disease. Chest. 2010;137(3):674-691. doi:10.1378/chest.09-1543

        53. The NIDA Blog Team. Tolerance, Dependence, Addiction: What’s the Difference? NIH website. January 12, 2017. Accessed May 4, 2021. https://archives.drugabuse.gov/blog/post/tolerance-dependence-addiction-whats-difference

        54. Dispelling Hospice Myths. Hospice Foundation of America website. Accessed May 4, 2021. https://hospicefoundation.org/Hospice-Care/Dispelling-Hospice-Myths

        55. Albert RH. End-of-life care: managing common symptoms. Am Fam Physician. 2017;95(6):356-361.

        56. Fudin, J. Opioid allergy, pseudo-allergy, or adverse effect? Pharmacy Times website. March 6, 2018. Accessed May 4, 2021. https://www.pharmacytimes.com/view/opioid-allergy-pseudo-allergy-or-adverse-effect

        57. Abbas M, Moussa M, Akel H. Type I Hypersensitivity Reaction. Stat Pearls Publishing;2020. Accessed April 20, 2021. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK560561/ .

        58. Li PH, Ue KL, Wagner A, Rutkowski R, Rutkowski K. Opioid hypersensitivity: predictors of allergy and role of drug provocation testing. J Allergy Clin Immunol Pract. 2017;5(6):1601-1606. doi:10.1016/j.jaip.2017.03.035

        59. Coleman JJ, Pontefract SK. Adverse drug reactions. Clin Med (Lond). 2016;16(5):481-485. doi: 10.7861/clinmedicine.16-5-481

        60. Woodall HE, Chiu A, Weissman DE. Opioid allergic reactions. Palliative Care Network of Wisconsin website. July 2015. Accessed April 20, 2021. https://www.mypcnow.org/fast-fact/opioid-allergic-reactions/

        61. Jain S, Kaplowitz N. 9.16- Clinical Considerations of Drug-Induced Hepatotoxicity. In: Comprehensive Toxicology. 2nd ed. McQueen CA. Elsevier; 2010;369-381. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-08-046884-6.01014-9.

        62. Soljoughian, M. Opioids: allergy vs. pseudoallergy. US Pharm. 2006;6:HS5-HS9. https://www.uspharmacist.com/article/opioids-allergy-vs-pseudoallergy

        63. Controlled substances drug diversion pharmacy technician toolkit. American Society of Health-System Pharmacists website. Accessed April 19,2021. https://www.ashp.org/Pharmacy-Technician/About-Pharmacy-Technicians/Advanced-Pharmacy-Technician-Roles-Toolkits/Controlled-Substances-Drug-Diversion-Pharmacy-Technician-Toolkit?loginreturnUrl=SSOCheckOnly

        64. Cagle JG, McPherson ML, Frey JJ, et al. Estimates of medication diversion in hospice. JAMA. 2020;323(6):566-568. doi:10.1001/jama.2019.20388

        65. Cagle JG, Ware OD. Preventing medication diversion in home health & hospice. HomeCare Magazine. October 8, 2019. Accessed April 20, 2021. https://www.homecaremag.com/october-2019/preventing-medication-diversions

        66. Parker, J. Strategies to prevent drug diversion in hospice care. Hospice News. April 29, 2019. Accessed April 20, 2021. https://hospicenews.com/2019/04/29/strategies-to-prevent-drug-diversion-in-hospice-care/

        67. Risk evaluation and mitigation tool-kit: strategies to promote the safe use of opioids. Virginia Association for Hospices and Palliative Care website. 2012. Accessed May 6, 2021. https://www.virginiahospices.org/assets/docs/REM_TOOLKIT/REM%20Tool%20Kit%204Website_2019.pdf

        68. What States Need to Know About PDMPs. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention website. July 1, 2020. Accessed May 7, 2021. https://www.cdc.gov/drugoverdose/pdmp/states.html#:~:text=A%20prescription%20drug%20monitoring%20program,a%20nimble%20and%20targeted%20response.

        69. Cagle JG, Ware OD. 15 recommendations for preventing medication diversion & misuse in hospice care. Hospice Foundation of America website. August 2019. Accessed April 20, 2021. https://hospicefoundation.org/hfa/media/Files/Preventing-Medication-Diversion-in-Hospice-Recommendations-10-28-2019.pdf

        70. Office of the Federal Register. Part 1306- Prescriptions. Electronic Code of Federal Regulations website. May 4, 2021. Accessed May 6, 2021. https://www.ecfr.gov/cgi-bin/text-idx?SID=5ca5f28a5a2b14665924d3bef7178ebe&mc=true&node=se21.9.1306_111&rgn=div8

        Spotlight on Perimenopause and Menopause: What Pharmacy Teams Should Know

        Learning Objectives

         

        After completing this knowledge-based continuing education activity, pharmacists and pharmacy technicians will be able to

        1. DIFFERENTIATE between perimenopause and menopause
        2. DISCUSS the age-related loss of estrogen and its relation to symptoms of perimenopause and menopause
        3. IDENTIFY remedies and lifestyle adjustments for perimenopause and menopause

              Women with glasses, smiling with her eyes closed. There is a pink circle surrounding her with the female gender symbol. A text box floats above her with a an "X" on top of a drop of blood.

              Release Date:

              Release Date: August 15, 2025

              Expiration Date: August 15, 2028

              Course Fee

              Pharmacists: $7

              Pharmacy Technicians: $4

              ACPE UANs

              Pharmacist: 0009-0000-25-051-H01-P

              Pharmacy Technician: 0009-0000-25-051-H01-T

              Session Codes

              Pharmacist: 25YC51-SLP74

              Pharmacy Technician: 25YC51-LPS47

              Accreditation Hours

              2.0 hours of CE

              Accreditation Statements

              The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.  Statements of credit for the online activity ACPE UAN 0009-0000-25-051-H01-P/T  will be awarded when the post test and evaluation have been completed and passed with a 70% or better. Your CE credits will be uploaded to your CPE monitor profile within 2 weeks of completion of the program.

               

              Disclosure of Discussions of Off-label and Investigational Drug Use

              The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

              Faculty

              Yvonne Riley-Poku
              PharmD, RPh
              Medical writer
              Storrs, CT
               

              Faculty Disclosure

              In accordance with the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education (ACPE) Criteria for Quality and Interpretive Guidelines, The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy requires that faculty disclose any relationship that the faculty may have with commercial entities whose products or services may be mentioned in the activity.

              Yvonne Riley-Poku, PharmD, RPh, has no relationships with ineligible companies and therefore have nothing to disclose.

              ABSTRACT

              Awareness about menopause is growing. It is now common to see menopause information on social media platforms and national news outlets. Menopause, sometimes referred to as “the change of life,” is a natural part of biological aging in women. Every woman who lives long enough will experience menopause, but its arrival affects some women physically, mentally, and emotionally. Menopausal hormone replacement therapy (HRT) is an option for treatment of certain symptoms, but it comes with risks. The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has specific approved indications for HRT and various organizations such as the United States Preventive Task Force and the Menopause Society have issued their positions and recommendations for its use. Non-hormonal therapies are available, and lifestyle modifications may also help offset some health risks that are associated with this stage in a woman’s life.

              CONTENT

              Content

              INTRODUCTION

              Menopause is a natural part of biological aging in women. This phenomenon marks the end of reproductive years, and every woman who lives long enough will experience it.1 Often beginning in perimenopause—the period of time leading up to menopause—women experience many symptoms and health risks.1,2

               

              Approximately 1.3 million women in the United States (U.S.) enter menopause every year.3 Despite being a natural result of aging, menopause has historically been shrouded in secrecy and seldom openly discussed, but the New York Times reports that high profile women and female celebrities alike are now openly discussing their experience with menopause. It also reports that the market is being flooded with menopause-related beauty products and telemedicine start-ups.4

               

              With increased interest, a growing movement to increase awareness, and information flooding the Internet, it is important now more than ever for women to receive accurate information from healthcare providers and reputable sources. However, a recent survey revealed that nationally, most obstetrics and gynecology residency programs lack a dedicated menopause curriculum. Most program directors also agreed that their programs needed more menopause education resources.

               

              Many symptoms and health risks of menopause, if left unmanaged, have an impact on a woman’s quality of life, productivity, and emotional state. Women are living longer, and a woman may live many years after menopause. Globally, a woman aged 60 years in 2019 could expect to live on average another 21 years.1

               

              Years after the National Institutes of Health's (NIHs) Women's Health Initiative, HRT as an option for certain symptoms in postmenopausal women is back in the spotlight. Now, physicians take a nuanced approach to HRT, considering certain individual patient factors.6,7

               

              It is important for women to recognize symptoms, understand the risk of chronic conditions, and generally educate themselves about the menopause transition. Being well-informed about the menopause transition means women can be proactive and lead healthier lifestyles to counter the issues that may arise with menopause such as bone loss and cardiovascular disease. Proper management during this period results in healthy aging and better quality of life. Menopause is a universal female experience, and it is vital that both physicians and women alike be appropriately informed about it.

               

              PAUSE AND PONDER: What do you wish you knew about menopause before you or a loved one began the menopause transition?

               

              DEFINING MENOPAUSE AND ITS EFFECTS

              Perimenopause is the period leading up to menopause and signals the final years of a woman’s reproductive life. This period can last several years, the average being four years.2 It begins with irregular menstrual cycles marked by a gradual loss of ovarian follicular function (i.e., ovaries begin to stop releasing eggs for fertilization) and a decline in circulating estrogen and progesterone levels.1,2 This period may usher in a slew of symptoms, and the hormonal changes and fluctuations are often responsible for them.2 A woman can still get pregnant during perimenopause because although menstruation is irregular, the ovaries can still release eggs for fertilization. It is impossible to accurately predict ovulation, and women must use adequate birth control until one full year after the last period to avoid unwanted pregnancy.2

               

              Menopause marks the end of the reproductive years for women.1,2 Menopause occurs or is diagnosed after 12 consecutive months without menstruation in the absence of clinical intervention or other physiologic or pathologic cause.1 This means that a woman could go 11 months with no menstruation and then have a period in the 12th month. The clock would then begin all over again. A woman cannot become naturally pregnant after menopause because the ovaries have stopped releasing eggs for fertilization. Importantly, they can still contract sexually transmitted diseases, so experts advise women to use adequate protective measures.2

               

              The average age of menopause in the U.S. is 52.2 Genetics, lifestyle, and environmental factors influence the age at menopause and the timing of symptoms throughout the menopausal transition. According to the World Health Organization, for women worldwide, natural menopause generally occurs between age 45 and 55.1 The SIDEBAR lists factors that trigger early menopause.

               

              SIDEBAR: Factors That Trigger an Early Onset of Menopause1,2

              • Surgical procedures that involve removing both ovaries
              • Medical interventions that cause termination of ovarian function, such as radiation therapy and chemotherapy
              • Premature menopause, or menopause before age 40 due to chromosomal abnormalities, autoimmune disorders, or other unknown causes

               

              Menopausal Hormone Changes

              Years before menopause occurs, ovarian function begins to fluctuate.2 This is a progressive process often responsible for many of the symptoms women experience during this period.

               

              How this Happens

              Ovaries are the primary estrogen source in a woman’s body, with follicles synthesizing and releasing the hormone. An ovary has the greatest number of oocytes (about 1 to 2 million) at birth. Oocytes are the immature cells within a follicle that potentially mature into fully developed eggs. A fully developed egg is  released from the ovary during ovulation and travels down the fallopian tube to be potentially fertilized.8,9

               

              As women age, the number of follicles in their ovaries decrease. During a physiological process known as atresia, ovarian follicles that contain oocytes degenerate and die. This is a normal process that happens in all women. The process ensures that only healthy follicles with oocytes mature and ovulate. During atresia, follicle cells die, eggs break down, and macrophages and other follicular cells resorb the follicle contents. Although ovulation will also decrease the number of follicles, the vast number of follicles are decreased through atresia. At some point the number of follicles and oocytes reach critically low levels in the ovaries. Since these are responsible for producing estrogen, this is when women begin to experience symptoms associated with estrogen depletion.8,9

               

              At various stages during the menopause transition, women may only have a few hundred to a few thousand oocytes left. Estrogen levels decrease and menstrual periods become irregular. As various tissues in the body have estrogen receptors, when estrogen levels decrease or fluctuate, several systems can develop and women experience many of the symptoms of perimenopause and menopause.8,9

               

              Progesterone levels also decrease during the menopausal transition. After ovulation releases the egg from the follicle, the leftover contents of the empty follicle form the corpus luteum, a temporary gland that produces progesterone.10 Progesterone thickens the endometrium (lining of the uterus) for a fertilized egg to implant and grow. If pregnancy occurs, the placenta takes over the production of progesterone. In the absence of pregnancy, progesterone levels drop, causing the endometrium to shed (causing menstruation). During the menopause transition, the ovaries no longer produce high levels of estrogen and progesterone in the absence of regular ovulation.10

               

              Symptoms of Menopause

              Hormonal changes and fluctuations lead to the many symptoms associated with perimenopause and menopause, some more common than others and affecting each woman differently, with varying degrees of severity. Vasomotor symptoms (VMS) like hot flashes are the most recognized and reported symptom of menopause.11 Table 1 describes the symptoms a woman may experience during and after the menopause transition listed in the order in which they typically occur. For less common symptoms of menopause, see the SIDEBAR. Some women may be able to tolerate menopausal symptoms with lifestyle changes alone, while others may require hormonal remedies, non-hormonal remedies, or a combination of both.11

               

              Table 1. Signs and Symptoms of Perimenopause and Menopause2,12-15

              Symptom Description
              Irregular periods

               

              Starts the menopause transition

              Unpredictable ovulation causes changes in menstrual cycle patterns

              Could be months of missed periods, varying lengths of time between cycles (longer or shorter), and menstrual flow changes

              Vasomotor Symptoms ( hot flashes, night sweats)

               

              This is a sudden feeling of heat in the face, neck, and chest that is often accompanied by flushing, perspiration, and acute feelings of physical discomfort. May be followed by cold shivering. This may last up to several minutes. Night sweats are hot flashes that cause sweating during sleep. Vasomotor symptoms can occur before, during, and after menopause.
              Genitourinary symptoms Symptoms include dysuria, urinary incontinence, increased urinary frequency, vaginal and cervical atrophy (thinning, drying, and inflammation of the vaginal walls), sexual dysfunction, and decreased libido. Vaginal dryness presents an increased risk for sexually transmitted diseases.
              Weight gain While weight gain occurs in both men and women with aging, a particular increased deposition of visceral and subcutaneous adipose tissue to the abdomen in women during the menopause transition occurs.

              For weight gain before menopause, estrogen makes it possible for subcutaneous adipose tissue to deposit in the gluteal and femoral regions. After menopause this deposition moves to the abdominal region due to the decrease in estrogen levels. Abdominal fat distribution carries the risk of cardiovascular and metabolic diseases.

              Sleep disruption Sleep duration changes with advancing age, however during the menopause transition, concurrent changes in women’s reproductive hormone levels influence sleep duration and quality. It may be harder to fall asleep and stay asleep. Night sweats may also disrupt sleep.
              Mood changes  depression, anxiety Estrogen receptors are in the brain including areas involved in mood regulation. Stress, work, and family responsibilities affect mood during this period. Although the exact mechanism is unknown, mood symptoms may additionally be related to fluctuating estrogen levels. Some women may feel irritable or have crying spells.

              Depression and anxiety may be caused by fluctuating hormones, menopausal symptoms, or both.

               

              SIDEBAR: Less Common Symptoms of Menopause16

              Experts are continually learning about menopause’s symptoms. Gradual estrogen loss may be responsible for these less common symptoms of menopause:

              • Dry eye syndrome and vision changes
              • Easier bruising due collagen changes in the skin
              • Return of acne
              • Joint pain and stiffness
              • Growing rogue hairs on chin or cheeks

              The menopause transition can cause a wide variety of symptoms, but other serious conditions can cause these too. It is always important to consult a provider to rule these out.

               

              PAUSE AND PONDER: How many symptoms of perimenopause and menopause can you name aside from hot flashes?

               

              Chronic Conditions and Long-Term Consequences

              Long term complications of menopause are related to low estrogen levels. Two major complications of concern are cardiovascular disease and osteoporosis.

               

              Declining estrogen in menopause increases the risk of cardiovascular disease.2 Coronary heart disease rates are two to three times higher in those who have reached menopause than those at the same age who have not. Women generally have a lower risk of heart disease than men before the age of 55, but after menopause, women reach the same level of risk for heart disease as men of the same age.2

               

              Estrogen deficiency during menopause also causes the typical bone loss or decreased bone density seen in osteoporosis.2 Up to 20% of bone loss  can happen  during this period.17 The consequences of osteoporosis are an increased risk of fractures, pain, mobility issues, and loss of height. Osteoporosis, a progressive condition, can worsen over time.

               

              Menopause symptoms also adversely affect women in the workplace. Middle aged women contribute greatly to the global workforce and could potentially face increased health care costs and lost opportunities for career advancement. Mayo Clinic conducted a study to determine the estimated economic impact of menopause symptoms based on missed days from work; hours cut back at work; and quitting, retiring, or changing jobs. Based on missed workdays alone, these researchers estimated an annual loss of $1.8 billion in the U.S. due to menopause-related symptoms.18

               

              MENOPAUSAL HORMONE REPLACEMENT THERAPY

              The Ongoing Debate of HRT

              Experts have debated menopausal HRT use for decades. Studies in the mid-1970s showed that women who used estrogen alone had an increased risk of endometrial cancer.19,20 Researchers found that adding progesterone to estrogen provided protection against uterine cancer. Since then, progesterone is added to hormone treatment for women who have an intact uterus.7,19,20

               

              Between 1993 and 1998, the NIH began The Women’s Health Initiative, to study strategies to prevent and control some of the most common causes of morbidity and mortality in postmenopausal women (e.g., cardiovascular disease, osteoporosis, cancer).21 Researchers randomized more than 27,000 postmenopausal women aged 50 to 79 in the HRT portion of the trial. Those with a uterus (n = 16,608) received either combined conjugated equine estrogen (CEE 0.625 mg/day) plus medroxyprogesterone acetate (MPA 2.5 mg/day) or placebo. Women without a uterus (i.e., prior hysterectomies) were assigned to CEE alone or placebo.22,23 The primary outcome was coronary heart disease incidence, and the primary safety outcome was invasive breast cancer incidence. To summarize overall effects, researchers also looked at other risks and benefits of HRT in addition to the primary outcomes. These included colorectal cancer, hip fracture, and cardiovascular risks.22,23

               

              After about five years, results began to show that the risks of HRT outweighed the benefits. HRT was associated with an increased risk of stroke, heart disease, and breast cancer. However, the results also indicated a reduction in osteoporotic fractures and colorectal cancers but no significant cardiovascular benefits. Ultimately, the research team stopped the trial early. Many physicians stopped prescribing HRT, and many women abandoned it altogether.6,7

               

              Despite stopping the trial, researchers continued to follow up with trial participants until 2010.24,25 They reanalyzed the data based on results from the intervention, post-intervention, and follow-up phases with consideration for the trial participants’ ages. Researchers concluded that the trial findings do not support HRT for chronic disease prevention. They have since noted that HRT may be beneficial for bothersome symptoms among women in early menopause (i.e., women 50 to 59 years of age) or within 10 years of menopause onset. Data do not support HRT for chronic disease prevention in this subset either. These women must have no contraindications and must be interested in taking HRT.24,25

               

              Extensive debate continues, but several groups such as the U.S. Preventive Service Task Force (USPSTF) and the Menopause Society, have published position statements and recommendations for HRT use. The USPSTF is an independent panel of experts in disease prevention and evidence-based medicine that makes recommendations about clinical preventive services. The Menopause Society, formerly known as the North American Menopause Society, is a non-profit organization dedicated to improving women’s health during menopause and beyond, by providing resources for both healthcare professionals and the public.

               

              Several organizations have issued recommendations on HRT use in postmenopausal individuals, particularly regarding its benefits, risks, and approved indications. While the general consensus is that HRT is the most effective treatment for VMS and genitourinary syndrome of menopause, its role in preventing chronic conditions such as osteoporosis remains controversial. The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) and the Menopause Society support HRT for VMS, genitourinary symptom management, and osteoporosis prevention in appropriate candidates, especially women younger than age 60 or within 10 years of menopause onset. In contrast, USPSTF recommends against using HRT solely for the primary prevention of chronic conditions in asymptomatic individuals. Recommendations emphasize shared decision-making and individual risk assessment.26-28

               

              Forms of Hormone Therapy

              Menopausal HRT involves the administration of synthetic estrogen and progesterone to replace a woman’s hormone levels to help alleviate symptoms. Women should be educated on the risks and benefits of HRT, consider their personal risk, and be willing to take HRT, before starting treatment.26-28

               

              The current recommendations are for postmenopausal women younger than 60 years or women who are within 10 years of menopause onset and have no contraindications. These women must also be willing to take HRT.26-28 HRT use is not recommended in women after the age of 60, or in those who are 10 years post menopause. The FDA has approved HRT for VMS, urogenital symptoms, and postmenopausal osteoporosis prevention.

               

              HRT may be given as estrogen alone, progestin alone, or a combination estrogen and progestin. The FDA has approved several formulations, including oral, topical, transdermal, and injectable dosage forms.29 Table 2 lists FDA-approved HRT products.

               

              Women with an intact uterus with no other contraindications or risks who are willing to take HRT for menopause may receive estrogen in combination with progesterone. Estrogen therapy alone causes the endometrial lining to grow unopposed. Adding progesterone to the regimen prevents this abnormal growth and thus reduces risk of malignancy.19,20

               

              Women with no other contraindications or risks who have had a hysterectomy and are willing to take HRT may receive estrogen therapy alone. In such cases, progesterone is unnecessary.19,20

               

              Table 2. FDA-Approved Hormone Replacement Therapies29

              Generic Name How Supplied Brand Name(s)
              Estrogen-Only
              Conjugated estrogens Oral Premarin
              Vaginal cream Premarin
              Injection Premarin
              Estradiol Gel Divigel, Elestrin, Estrogel
              Transdermal patch Alora, Climara, Menostar*, Minivelle, Vivelle, Vivelle-Dot
              Transdermal skin spray Evamist
              Vaginal cream Estrace
              Vaginal ring Estring
              Vaginal tablet Vagifem
              Estradiol acetate Vaginal ring Femring
              Estradiol valerate Injection Delestrogen
              Estropipate Oral Ogen
              Progestin-Only
              Medroxyprogesterone acetate Oral Provera
              Micronized progesterone Oral Prometrium
              Combination Therapies
              Conjugated estrogen/ bazedoxifene** Oral Duavee
              Conjugated estrogen/ medroxyprogesterone Oral Prempro
              Estradiol/drospirenone Oral Angeliq
              Estradiol/levonorgestrel Transdermal patch Climara Pro
              Estradiol/norethindrone acetate Oral Activella
              Transdermal patch Combipatch
              Norethindrone acetate/ethinyl estradiol Oral Femhrt

              *Menostar is for osteoporosis prevention only. **Bazedoxifene is not a hormonal therapy.

               

              Due to the known risks of menopausal HRT use, all patients need a thorough evaluation—including a detailed medical history and physical examination—for a proper diagnosis and to identify potential contraindications. Providers and patients must also assess whether the benefits outweigh the risks on an individualized basis. Women should use HRT at the lowest possible dose and for the shortest possible duration to achieve symptomatic relief while avoiding adverse effects.30

               

              Women should not take HRT if they have29

              • problems with vaginal bleeding
              • current or past cancers, such as breast cancer or uterine cancer
              • current or past blood clot, stroke, or heart attack
              • bleeding disorders
              • liver disease
              • allergy to hormone medicine

               

              NON-HORMONAL THERAPIES FOR MENOPAUSE

              Risks of menopausal HRT outweigh its benefits for many patients, so additional options are needed. The FDA has approved a few non-hormonal options for women who are ineligible for or uninterested in HRT, and others many opt to use off-label or complementary and alternative medicines.26

               

              FDA-Approved Therapies

              Fezolinetant

              The FDA recently approved an oral medication fezolinetant (Veozah) for the treatment of moderate to severe VMS caused by menopause. Fezolinetant is a neurokinin-3 (NK3) receptor antagonist that binds to and blocks the activities of the neurokinin-3 receptor, which plays a role in the brain’s regulation of body temperature.31

               

              Fezolinetant is supplied as a 45 mg tablet, taken once daily with or without food. It has been associated with a risk of elevated hepatic transaminases, leading the FDA to add a Boxed Warning about the risk of liver injury more than a year after initial approval.32 Blood work to check for liver damage is required before fezolinetant use and every three months for the first nine months after initiation of therapy.31

               

              Adverse effects of fezolinetant include abdominal pain, diarrhea, insomnia, back pain, hot flush, and elevated hepatic transaminases. Symptoms relating to liver damage to watch for include nausea, vomiting, and yellowing of the skin and eyes. Patients experiencing these must consult their prescriber immediately. Fezolinetant is contraindicated in patients with cirrhosis, severe renal damage, or end-stage renal disease.31

               

              Paroxetine

              Paroxetine (Brisdelle) is a selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor (SSRI) FDA-approved for the treatment of moderate to severe VMS. It is not an estrogen and its mechanism of action for the treatment of VMS is unknown.33 The recommended dose is one 7.5 mg capsule daily at bedtime with or without food. This medication contains a lower dose of paroxetine than those used for other indications (e.g., depression, obsessive compulsive disorder) and is not approved for any psychiatric conditions.

               

              Paroxetine’s common adverse effects include headache, fatigue, and nausea and vomiting. Paroxetine has a Boxed Warning for the potential of increased risk of suicidal thoughts and behaviors, and serotonin syndrome. The FDA warns prescribers to monitor for worsening and emergence of these severe symptoms. Contraindications include concomitant use or within 14 days of monoamine oxidase inhibitors, use with thioridazine or pimozide, hypersensitivity to any ingredient, and pregnancy. VMS do not occur during pregnancy and paroxetine may cause fetal harm.33

               

              Selective Estrogen Receptor Modulators

              Raloxifene and ospemifene are selective estrogen receptor modulators (SERMs) FDA-approved for varying uses during menopause. Bazedoxifene is another FDA-approved SERM, which is found only in a combination tablet with conjugated estrogens.

               

              Raloxifene (Evista) is SERM indicated for treatment and prevention of osteoporosis in post-menopausal women.34 Patients take one 60 mg tablet once daily. Common adverse effects include hot flashes, leg cramps, peripheral edema, flu syndrome, arthralgia, and sweating.34 Raloxifene is contraindicated in women with active or history of venous thromboembolism, including deep vein thrombosis, pulmonary embolism, and retinal vein thrombosis. It is also contraindicated for use in pregnancy, as it may cause fetal harm.34 The FDA’s Boxed Warning cautions of an increased risk of venous thromboembolism and death from stroke. Providers must consider the risk-benefit balance in women at risk for stroke. Concomitant use is not recommended or caution should be used when raloxifene is taken with cholestyramine, warfarin, and other highly protein-bound drugs (e.g., diazepam, diazoxide, lidocaine).34

               

              Ospemifene (Osphena) is a SERM indicated for the treatment of moderate to severe vaginal dryness and dyspareunia due to menopause.35 Patients take one 60 mg oral tablet once daily with food. Ospemifene acts just like estrogen in some parts of the body but not in others. 35 It has estrogen agonistic effects on the endometrium, which has led the FDA to add a Boxed Warning of a risk of endometrial cancer. With its estrogen agonist/antagonist profile, the FDA has another Boxed Warning of an increased risk of cardiovascular disorders (stroke, coronary heart disease, venous thromboembolism). 35 Ospemifene should be used for the shortest duration consistent with treatment goals and risks for the individual woman.35 Common adverse effects include hot flush, vaginal discharge, muscle spasms, headache, hyperhidrosis, vaginal hemorrhage, and night sweats. Contraindications to ospemifene use include35

              • undiagnosed abnormal genital bleeding
              • estrogen-dependent neoplasia
              • hypersensitivity to ospemifene
              • active or history of deep vein thrombosis or pulmonary embolism
              • active or history of arterial thromboembolic disease (e.g., stroke, myocardial infarction)

               

              Women taking ospemifene should not take estrogen or estrogen agonist/antagonists, fluconazole, or rifampin concomitantly.35

               

              Bazedoxifene is a SERM available in combination with conjugated estrogens (Dauvee) indicated for the treatment of moderate to severe VMS and postmenopausal osteoporosis prevention in women with a uterus. Bazedoxefine acts as an estrogen agonist in some estrogen-sensitive tissues and as an antagonist in others (e.g., the uterus). The pairing of conjugated estrogens with bazedoxifene produces a composite effect that is specific to each target tissue. The bazedoxifene component reduces the risk of endometrial hyperplasia that can occur with the conjugated estrogens component.  Patients take one tablet (conjugated estrogens/bazedoxifene 0.45 mg/20 mg)daily with or without food for both indications.36

               

              Women taking conjugated estrogens/bazedoxifene should add supplemental calcium and/or vitamin D to their diets if intake is inadequate.

               

              Contraindications to conjugated estrogens/bazedoxifene include36

              • Undiagnosed abnormal uterine bleeding
              • Known, suspected, or a history of breast cancer
              • Known or suspected estrogen-dependent neoplasia
              • Active or history of deep vein thrombosis and pulmonary embolism
              • Active or history of arterial thromboembolic disease (stroke, myocardial infarction)
              • Known hepatic impairment or disease
              • Hypersensitivity to estrogens, bazedoxifene or any ingredients
              • Known protein C, protein S, or antithrombin deficiency or other known thrombophilic disorders
              • Pregnancy

               

              Women taking conjugated estrogens/bazedoxifene should not take progestins, additional estrogens, or additional estrogen agonists/antagonists.

               

              Adverse reactions include a risk for malignant neoplasms (endometrial cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer), cardiovascular disorders (stroke, coronary heart disease, venous thromboembolism), gallbladder disease and hypertriglyceridemia.36

               

              Off-Label Therapies

              In 2023, The Menopause Society conducted an evidence-based review of the most current and available literature to determine whether to recommend some management options for menopause associated VMS. They recommended some SSRIs, serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors (SNRIs), and gabapentin.37

               

              Researchers have found in large randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trials that paroxetine, citalopram, escitalopram, venlafaxine, desvenlafaxine, and duloxetine reduce hot flashes by 24% to 69%. These medications are also first-line therapies for mood disorders such as depression and anxiety. For women with new onset or worsening mood disorders, which are common in menopause, these medications may be beneficial.38,37 Common adverse effects associated with use of SSRIs and SNRIs include nausea, weight gain, gastrointestinal disorders, headache, and sexual dysfunction. Lower doses are generally used for VMS rather than the higher doses used for mood disorders.38

               

              In very small randomized double-blind, placebo-controlled trials, gabapentin was effective at reducing hot flash frequency by 45% to 51% compared to placebo.39,40 It was also shown to be a well-tolerated treatment for hot flashes.40 Gabapentin is also used as treatment for neuropathic pain and epilepsy and may help with sleep when taken at bedtime. Adverse effects include dizziness and coordination difficulties, weight gain, edema, and lethargy. Patients should use the lowest effective dose to minimize these negative adverse effects.38

               

              Complementary and Alternative Medicine

              Some complementary and alternative medicines (CAMs) make claims about easing menopausal symptoms. Complementary health approaches to menopause may include any or all of the following41:

              • nutritional (e.g., dietary supplements, special diets)
              • psychological (e.g., meditation, hypnosis, relaxation therapies)
              • physical (e.g., massage therapy, acupuncture)
              • combination approaches (e.g., yoga, tai chi [physical and psychological])

               

              CAMs are not regulated the same way as FDA-approved medications. Although some dietary supplements have been studied for menopause symptoms, none have been shown to be clearly helpful. Little information is available on long term safety of dietary supplements for menopause and some supplements may have harmful adverse effects or drug interactions.

               

              In 2023, the Menopause Society released its position statement on non-hormonal approaches for menopause-related VMS based on an evidence-based review of current literature.37 For CAM, it recommended cognitive behavioral therapy and clinical hypnosis as options for the treatment of VMS. The Menopause Society did not recommend yoga, acupuncture, or any natural products for VMS.37

               

              According to the NIH’s National Center for Complementary and Integrative Health, the evidence has not clearly shown that phytoestrogens, herbs, and other dietary supplements; acupuncture; or yoga relieve menopause symptoms.41

               

              Phytoestrogens are substances from plants that have chemical structures similar to those of estrogen. Flaxseed is a phytoestrogen source and the isoflavones found in soy and red clover are also phytoestrogens. Studies on their ability to relieve menopause symptoms have been inconsistent, or no more effective than placebo.  Phytoestrogens may be safe for short term use, but their long-term safety has not been established and may not be safe for women who should not take estrogen.41

               

              Regarding custom-mixed (compounded) bioidentical hormones, the group reports that the evidence does not support claims that they are more effective than conventional HRT. They also warn that compounded bioidentical hormones have not been shown to be safer than other forms of HRT, and that their content may vary from batch to batch.41

               

              PAUSE AND PONDER: In what ways have you made or supported a loved one in making lifestyle changes to adequately prepare for “the change of life?”

               

              Lifestyle Modification During and After Menopause,

              To stay healthy during and after menopause, lifestyle changes and modifications (illustrated in Figure 1) are beneficial. Lifestyle changes and modifications may make menopausal symptoms bearable even if symptoms are not completely eliminated. Lifestyle changes may also help prevent the chronic conditions of menopause such as cardiovascular disease, osteoporosis, and insulin resistance. It may also help with mood and sleep and help prepare a woman for healthy aging.42

               

              Figure 1. Lifestyle Modifications for During and After Menopause 43

               

              At least 30 minutes of physical activity on most days of the week helps women maintain a healthy weight and is good for the bones, heart, and mood. Women should aim for a mix of moderate and vigorous aerobic activities and exercises that build muscle strength, such as weight-bearing exercises.42,44 Women should obtain advice from their healthcare provider before beginning any physical activity.

               

              Eating a healthy diet can help counter some of the symptoms women experience in the menopause transition and prevent chronic illnesses and certain cancers. Essential nutrients to focus on in menopause include vitamins B, C, D, calcium, and protein for energy. A healthy diet also helps with the maintenance of a healthy weight, which improves cholesterol levels, reduces the risk for diabetes, improves blood pressure, and improves daily function.42,44

               

              Good sleep is essential for health and emotional well-being. Insufficient sleep duration and quality may be a problem during this period in a woman’s life. Hot flashes and night sweats are also disruptive to sleep. Getting enough sleep lowers the risks for chronic conditions such as high blood pressure, diabetes, and heart disease. It also improves attention and memory. Regular exercise, a healthy diet, avoiding caffeine and alcohol before bedtime, and going to bed and getting up at the same time each day can improve sleep.44

               

              Cognitive function at midlife appears to be influenced by the stage of menopause and menopausal symptoms such as sleep difficulties and mood changes. Many life stressors cannot be altered, but coping skills and strategies are beneficial to maintain a balance between self-nurturing and the obligations of work and caring for others. To improve and maintain cognition and mood, women should consider maintaining a social network, remaining physically and mentally active, and following a healthy diet.44 Maintaining quality social contacts is beneficial during this period. Actively engaging with friends, family, and the community in positive ways helps improve health and emotional wellbeing.

               

              Smoking is damaging to health in many ways. It causes heart disease, reduces bone density, and causes many forms of cancer. Experts advise women to stop smoking and limit alcohol consumption.42,44

               

              CONCLUSION

              Discussions about menopause are no longer taboo. While HRT is beneficial and remains an option for women with no risk factors and contraindications, it is not a one-size fits all solution. HRT comes with risks and providers must assess patients carefully before treatment initiation and consider patient preferences. Non-hormonal therapies are available for women who may be unable or unwilling to take HRT. Women are living longer, and a woman may live for several years post-menopause. Lifestyle changes and modifications help counter the chronic conditions that often arise post-menopause and are important and necessary for healthy aging in women.

              Pharmacist Post Test (for viewing only)

              Spotlight on Perimenopause and Menopause: What Pharmacy Teams Should Know
              Pharmacist Post-test 25-051

              After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacists will be able to
              • DIFFERENTIATE between perimenopause and menopause
              • DISCUSS the age-related loss of estrogen and its relation to symptoms of perimenopause and menopause
              • IDENTIFY remedies and lifestyle adjustments for perimenopause and menopause

              1. Which of the following is caused by the fluctuating hormone levels of perimenopause?
              A. Immediate, permanent cessation of ovulation
              B. Early onset menopause
              C. Symptoms that signal the transition to menopause

              2. AB is a 45-year-old woman who has been on the same birth control for 5 years. She is experiencing occasional night sweats, and she has noticed weight gain particularly in her abdominal region. She has not had a menstrual period in 6 months. What is AB most likely experiencing?
              A. Menopause
              B. Perimenopause
              C. Adverse effects of birth control

              3. Women naturally undergo a process where follicles containing oocytes degenerate and die ensuring that only healthy follicles with oocytes mature and ovulate. What is this process known as?
              A. Perimenopause
              B. Atresia
              C. Pregnancy

              4. BC is a 48-year-old woman with an intact uterus seeking a remedy for her bothersome vasomotor symptoms. Based on her medical history, labs, and risk assessment, her OBGYN determines she is a candidate for hormone replacement therapy and BC agrees. Which of these regimens is appropriate?
              A. Estradiol/norethindrone acetate
              B. Conjugated estrogen/bazedoxifene
              C. Medroxyprogesterone acetate

              5. MD is 48 years old with an intact uterus experiencing bothersome vasomotor symptoms. Her provider determines that she is a candidate for hormone therapy based on her medical history, labs, and a risk assessment. MD is very concerned about the risks associated with hormone therapy. Which of the following is the BEST response?
              A. “As long as you use both estrogen and progesterone, the risks are minimal.”
              B. “The gabapentin you already take for neuropathic pain should be enough.”
              C. “Fezolinetant may be a better option for you, I can contact your doctor.”

              6. Experts advise women to make lifestyle modifications for healthy aging after menopause. Which one of these is the BEST recommendation?
              A. Isolating from others for peace of mind
              B. Drinking one glass of wine nightly for relaxation
              C. Improving the diet and incorporating exercise

              7. KG is in perimenopause, and although she is still asymptomatic, she expresses concern about the health conditions some women face post-menopause. She requests menopausal hormone replacement therapy to prevent possible cardiovascular disease and Type 2 diabetes. Which of these is the MOST appropriate response?
              A. Hormone therapy is not recommended to prevent these chronic conditions
              B. It’s a good idea to start hormone therapy early before symptoms arise
              C. Her provider should prescribe paroxetine as preventive therapy instead

              8. Which of the following is the progressive loss of estrogen during the menopause transition responsible for?
              A. Ensuring that only healthy follicles with oocytes mature and ovulate
              B. Thickening the endometrial lining to prepare for cessation of menstruation
              C. Unpredictable ovulation and changes in menstrual cycle patterns

              9. When do women experience vasomotor symptoms?
              A. Only during menopause
              B. During perimenopause and menopause
              C. Only during post-menopause

              10. What strategies can women implement to lower the risk for chronic conditions associated with menopause, including heart disease and osteoporosis?
              A. Request hormone therapy before they begin the menopause transition
              B. Make lifestyle modifications that may help counter some future health risks
              C. Do nothing, the risk of menopause complications is not that significant

              Pharmacy Technician Post Test (for viewing only)

              Spotlight on Perimenopause and Menopause: What Pharmacy Teams Should Know
              Pharmacy Technician Post-test 25-051

              After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacists will be able to
              • DIFFERENTIATE between perimenopause and menopause
              • DISCUSS the age-related loss of estrogen and its relation to symptoms of perimenopause and menopause
              • IDENTIFY remedies and lifestyle adjustments for perimenopause and menopause

              1. Which of the following is caused by the fluctuating hormone levels of perimenopause?
              A. Immediate, permanent cessation of ovulation
              B. Early onset menopause
              C. Symptoms that signal the transition to menopause

              2. AB is a 45-year-old woman who has been on the same birth control for 5 years. She is experiencing occasional night sweats, and she has noticed weight gain particularly in her abdominal region. She has not had a menstrual period in 6 months. What is AB most likely experiencing?
              A. Menopause
              B. Perimenopause
              C. Adverse effects of birth control

              3. Women naturally undergo a process where follicles containing oocytes degenerate and die ensuring that only healthy follicles with oocytes mature and ovulate. What is this process known as?
              A. Perimenopause
              B. Atresia
              C. Pregnancy

              4. BC is a 48-year-old woman seeking a remedy for her bothersome vasomotor symptoms. She presents a prescription to the pharmacy for fezolinetant 60 mg tablet to be taken once daily. Why should you bring this to the pharmacist’s attention?
              A. Fezolinetant is a 45 mg tablet
              B. Fezolinetant is a suspension
              C. Fezolinetant is not FDA-approved

              5. MD is 48 years old and experiencing bothersome vasomotor symptoms. Her provider determines that she is a candidate for hormone therapy based on her medical history, labs, and a risk assessment. MD is very concerned about the risks associated with hormone therapy. Which of the following is a non-hormonal option to consider for MD?
              A. Bazedoxifene
              B. Estradiol vaginal ring
              C. Fezolinetant

              6. Experts advise women to make lifestyle modifications for healthy aging after menopause. Which one of these is the BEST recommendation?
              A. Isolating from others for peace of mind
              B. Drinking one glass of wine nightly for relaxation
              C. Improving the diet and incorporating exercise

              7. KG presents a prescription to the pharmacy for paroxetine 20 mg tablets. She mentions that it has been prescribed for her hot flashes. Why should you bring this to the pharmacist’s attention?
              A. Paroxetine cannot be prescribed for hot flashes
              B. Paroxetine dosing for hot flashes is 7.5 mg daily
              C. Paroxetine 20 mg has been discontinued

              8. Which of the following is the progressive loss of estrogen during the menopause transition responsible for?
              A. Ensuring that only healthy follicles with oocytes mature and ovulate
              B. Thickening the endometrial lining to prepare for cessation of menstruation
              C. Unpredictable ovulation and changes in menstrual cycle patterns

              9. When do women experience vasomotor symptoms?
              A. Only during menopause
              B. During perimenopause and menopause
              C. Only during post-menopause

              10. What strategies can women implement to lower the risk for chronic conditions associated with menopause, including heart disease and osteoporosis?
              A. Request hormone therapy before they begin the menopause transition
              B. Make lifestyle modifications that may help counter some future health risks
              C. Do nothing, the risk of menopause complications is not that significant

              References

              Full List of References

              1. World Health Organization. Menopause. October 16, 2024. Accessed April 10, 2025. https://www.who.int/news-room/fact-sheets/detail/menopause
              2. U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. Office on Women’s Health. Menopause Basics. March 17, 2025. Accessed April 10, 2025. https://womenshealth.gov/menopause/menopause-basics
              3. Society for women’s health research. Menopause. Accessed July 9, 2025. https://swhr.org/health_focus_area/menopause/
              4. Larocca A. Welcome to the menopause gold rush. The New York Times. December 20, 2022. Accessed April 10, 2025. https://www.nytimes.com/2022/12/20/style/menopause-womens-health-goop.html
              5. Allen JT, Laks S, Zahler-Miller C, et al. Needs assessment of menopause education in United States obstetrics and gynecology residency training programs. Menopause. 2023;30(10):1002-1005. doi:10.1097/GME.0000000000002234
              6. Lobo RA. Hormone-replacement therapy: current thinking. Nat Rev Endocrinol. 2017;13(4):220-231. doi: 10.1038/nrendo.2016.164\
              7. Cagnacci A, Venier M. The controversial history of hormone replacement therapy. Medicina (Kaunas). 2019;55(9):602. doi: 10.3390/medicina55090602.
              8. Vollenhoven B, Hunt S. Ovarian ageing and the impact on female fertility. F1000Res. 2018;7:F1000 Faculty Rev-1835. doi: 10.12688/f1000research.16509.1
              9. Zhou J, Peng X, Mei, S. Autophagy in Ovarian follicular development and Atresia. Int J Biol Sci. 2019;15(4):726-737. doi: 10.7150/ijbs.30369
              10. Cleveland Clinic. Progesterone. December 29, 2022. Accessed April 10, 2025. https://my.clevelandclinic.org/health/body/24562-progesterone
              11. The Menopause Society. Menopause Topics: Symptoms. Accessed April 10, 2025. https://menopause.org/patient-education/menopause-topics/symptoms
              12. National Institute on Aging. What is menopause? October 16, 2024. Accessed April 10, 2025. https://www.nia.nih.gov/health/menopause/what-menopause
              13. Knight MG, Anekwe C, Washington K, Akam EY, Wang E, Stanford FC. Weight regulation in menopause. Menopause. 2021;28(8):960-965. doi: 10.1097/GME.0000000000001792
              14. Vahratian A. Sleep duration and quality among women aged 40–59, by menopausal status. NCHS data brief, no 286. Hyattsville, MD: National Center for Health Statistics. 2017. Accessed April 10, 2025. https://www.cdc.gov/nchs/data/databriefs/db286.pdf
              15. The Menopause Society. Menopause Topics: Mental Health. Accessed April 10, 2025. https://menopause.org/patient-education/menopause-topics/mental-health
              16. Mayo Clinic Press. Could this be menopause? Exploring lesser-known symptoms and what to do about them. April 23, 2024. Accessed April 10, 2025. https://mcpress.mayoclinic.org/menopause/could-this-be-menopause-exploring-lesser-known-symptoms-and-what-to-do-about-them/
              17. Endocrine Society. Menopause and Bone Loss. January 24, 2022. Accessed July 14, 2025. endocrine.org/patient-engagement/endocrine-library/menopause-and-bone-loss
              18. Faubion SS, Enders F, Hedges MS, et al. Impact of Menopause Symptoms on Women in the Workplace. Mayo Clin Proc. 2023;98(6):833-845. doi:10.1016/j.mayocp.2023.02.025
              19. Woodruff JD, Pickar JH. Incidence of endometrial hyperplasia in postmenopausal women taking conjugated estrogens (Premarin) with medroxyprogesterone acetate or conjugated estrogens alone. The Menopause Study Group. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 1994;170(5 Pt 1):1213-23. doi: 10.1016/s0002-9378(94)70129-6
              20. Ziel HK, Finkle WD. Increased risk of endometrial carcinoma among users of conjugated estrogens. N Engl J Med. 1975;293(23):1167-1170. doi:10.1056/NEJM197512042932303
              21. Design of the Women's Health Initiative clinical trial and observational study. The Women's Health Initiative Study Group. Control Clin Trials. 1998;19(1):61-109. doi:10.1016/s0197-2456(97)00078-0
              22.Rossouw JE, Anderson GL, Prentice RL, et al; Writing group for the Women's Health Initiative investigators. Risks and benefits of estrogen plus progestin in healthy postmenopausal women: principal results From the Women's Health Initiative randomized controlled trial. JAMA. 2002;288(3):321-333. doi: 10.1001/jama.288.3.321
              23. Anderson GL, Limacher M, Assaf AR, et al; Women's Health Initiative Steering Committee. Effects of conjugated equine estrogen in postmenopausal women with hysterectomy: the Women's Health Initiative randomized controlled trial. JAMA. 2004;291(14):1701-1712. doi: 10.1001/jama.291.14.1701
              24. Manson JE, Chlebowski RT, Stefanick ML, et al. Menopausal hormone therapy and health outcomes during the intervention and extended poststopping phases of the Women’s Health Initiative randomized trials. JAMA. 2013;310(13):1353–1368. doi:10.1001/jama.2013.278040
              25. Manson JE, Crandall CJ, Rossouw JE, et al. The Women’s Health Initiative randomized trials and clinical practice: A review. JAMA. 2024;331(20):1748–1760. doi:10.1001/jama.2024.6542
              26. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. Menopause. December 14, 2023. Accessed April 10, 2025. https://www.fda.gov/consumers/womens-health-topics/menopause
              27. The 2022 Hormone Therapy Position Statement of The North American Menopause Society Advisory Panel. The 2022 hormone therapy position statement of The North American Menopause Society. Menopause. 2022;29(7):767-794. doi: 10.1097/GME.0000000000002028
              28. US Preventive Services Task Force. Hormone therapy for the primary prevention of chronic conditions in postmenopausal persons: US Preventive Services Task Force Recommendation Statement. JAMA. 2022;328(17):1740–1746. doi:10.1001/jama.2022.18625
              29. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. Menopause: Medicines to help you. August 22, 2019. Accessed April 10, 2025. https://www.fda.gov/consumers/free-publications-women/menopause-medicines-help-you
              30. U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. Office on Women’s Health. Menopause Treatment. March 11, 2025. Accessed April 10, 2025. https://womenshealth.gov/menopause/menopause-treatment
              31. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA approves novel drug to treat moderate to severe hot flashes caused by menopause. May 12, 2023. Accessed April 10, 2025. https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/fda-approves-novel-drug-treat-moderate-severe-hot-flashes-caused-menopause
              32. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA adds warning about rare occurrence of serious liver injury with the use of Veozah (fezolinetant) for hot flashes due to menopause. September 12, 2024. Accessed April 10, 2025. https://www.fda.gov/drugs/drug-safety-and-availability/fda-adds-warning-about-rare-occurrence-serious-liver-injury-use-veozah-fezolinetant-hot-flashes-due
              33. National Institute of Health. National Library of Medicine. DAILYMED. Paroxetine capsule. September 1, 2023. Accessed April 10, 2025. https://dailymed.nlm.nih.gov/dailymed/drugInfo.cfm?setid=1383d713-79b9-45bd-bd06-65707f28bc99
              34. National Institute of Health. National library of medicine DAILYMED. Raloxifene hydrochloride tablet. September 24, 2014. Accessed April 10, 2025. https://dailymed.nlm.nih.gov/dailymed/drugInfo.cfm?setid=8f4fe353-c5de-44ba-9c68-b75a185f7dc5
              35. National Institute of Health. National library of medicine DAILYMED. Osphena. March 16, 2023. Accessed April 10, 2025. https://dailymed.nlm.nih.gov/dailymed/drugInfo.cfm?setid=8462d6ab-e3cd-4efa-a360-75bf8f917287
              36. National Institute of Health. National library of medicine DAILYMED. DUAVEE- conjugated estrogens/bazedoxifene tablet, film coated. January 13, 2025. Accessed July 15, 2025. https://dailymed.nlm.nih.gov/dailymed/drugInfo.cfm?setid=e16705d8-4472-4f83-96ac-69fa2be066cb
              37. “The 2023 Nonhormone Therapy Position Statement of The North American Menopause Society” Advisory Panel. The 2023 nonhormone therapy position statement of The North American Menopause Society. Menopause. 2023;30(6):573-590. doi:10.1097/GME.0000000000002200
              38. Iyer TK, Fiffick AN, Batur P. Nonhormone therapies for vasomotor symptom management. Cleve Clin J Med. 2024;91(4):237-244. doi:10.3949/ccjm.91a.23067
              39. Guttuso T Jr, Kurlan R, McDermott MP, Kieburtz K. Gabapentin's effects on hot flashes in postmenopausal women: a randomized controlled trial. Obstet Gynecol. 2003;101(2):337-45. doi: 10.1016/s0029-7844(02)02712-6
              40. Butt DA, Lock M, Lewis JE, Ross S, Moineddin R. Gabapentin for the treatment of menopausal hot flashes: a randomized controlled trial. Menopause. 2008;15(2):310-8. doi: 10.1097/gme.0b013e3180dca175
              41. National Institutes of Health. National Center for Complementary and Integrative Health. Menopausal symptoms: in-depth. May 2017. Accessed April 25, 2025. https://www.nccih.nih.gov/health/menopausal-symptoms-in-depth
              42. U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. Office on women’s Health. Menopause and your health. March 12, 2025. Accessed April 10, 2025. https://womenshealth.gov/menopause/menopause-and-your-health
              43. National Institutes of Health. National Institute on Aging. Infographic: Staying healthy during and after menopause. January 27, 2025. Accessed April 10, 2025. https://www.nia.nih.gov/health/menopause/staying-healthy-during-and-after-menopause
              44. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Women’s Health. Age is just a number: health tips for women over 50. September 23, 2024. Accessed April 10, 2025. https://www.cdc.gov/womens-health/features/age-just-a-number.html

              Sjogren’s Disease: How Dry Am I?

              Learning Objectives

               

              At the completion of this activity, pharmacists will be able to:
              1. Discuss current theories postulating how Sjogren's disease develops
              2. Identify biomarkers used in diagnosis and patient classification
              3. Interpret guidelines and evidence-based medicine to use best practices to manage Sjogren's disease
              4. Use elements of an integrated approach to care among specialists and other pharmacists

              At the completion of this activity, the pharmacy technicians will be able to:
              1. Describe Sjogren's disease's basic pathology and symptoms
              2. Outline prescription and non-prescription treatments used in Sjogren's disease
              3. Identify when to refer patients to the pharmacists for recommendations or referrals

              Release Date:

              Release Date: August 1, 2025

              Expiration Date: August 1, 2028

              Course Fee

              FREE

              An Educational Grant has been provided by:

              Novartis

              ACPE UANs

              Pharmacist: 0009-0000-25-050-H01-P

              Pharmacy Technician: 0009-0000-25-050-H01-T

              Session Codes

              Pharmacist: 22YC47-FKW24

              Pharmacy Technician: 22YC47-WKW44

              Accreditation Hours

              2.0 hours of CE

              Accreditation Statements

              The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.  Statements of credit for the online activity ACPE UAN 0009-0000-25-050-H01-P/T  will be awarded when the post test and evaluation have been completed and passed with a 70% or better. Your CE credits will be uploaded to your CPE monitor profile within 2 weeks of completion of the program.

               

              Disclosure of Discussions of Off-label and Investigational Drug Use

              The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

              Faculty

              Kelsey Giara, PharmD
              Freelance Medical Writer
              Pelham, NH

              Faculty Disclosure

              In accordance with the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education (ACPE) Criteria for Quality and Interpretive Guidelines, The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy requires that faculty disclose any relationship that the faculty may have with commercial entities whose products or services may be mentioned in the activity.

              Dr. Giara has no relationship with ineligible companies and therefore has nothing to disclose.

               

              THIS IS A RE-ACCREDITATION OF A PREVIOUS CE CALLED SJOGREN’S SYNDROME: HOW DRY AM I?

              If you took that CE, you will not be able to receive credit for this one. The only change is in terminology.
              This disease recently underwent a name change from “Sjogren’s syndrome (SjS).” The name change from Sjögren’s syndrome to Sjögren’s disease was proposed and endorsed by the 2023 International Rome Consensus Task Force, a multidisciplinary panel of international experts and patient representatives. The name was changed to better reflect its nature as a distinct systemic autoimmune disease, rather than a vague collection of symptoms implied by the term “syndrome.” The change also aimed to eliminate the confusing and potentially misleading distinction between “primary” and “secondary” forms, which does not align with how other autoimmune diseases are classified and was viewed by patients as diminishing the seriousness of their condition.

              For further information, see Ramos-Casals M, Baer AN, Brito-Zerón MDP, et al. 2023 International Rome consensus for the nomenclature of Sjögren disease. Nat Rev Rheumatol. 2025;21(7):426-437. doi:10.1038/s41584-025-01268-z

              ABSTRACT

              Once considered a “dry eye-dry mouth-arthritis” illness, Sjogren’s syndrome (SjS) is a systemic condition strongly associated with organ-specific and systemic autoimmunity. Systemic SjS is linked to autoimmune dysfunction that may eventually be irreversible. This disease affects about 2 to 4 million Americans, but every patient presents differently and symptoms mimic those of various other conditions, posing a challenge for diagnosis and treatment. SjS’s classic symptoms include sicca (ocular and oral dryness), arthralgia (joint pain), and fatigue. The pathogenesis of the disease is complex and multifactorial, but researchers are looking for a well-defined cause and modern understanding of SjS is improving. The search for biomarkers, therapeutic targets, and disease-modifying treatments for SjS is underway. Health care providers—including pharmacists and pharmacy technicians—who are up to date on current understanding and recently-updated guidelines will be better prepared to make evidence-based recommendations and appropriate referrals to improve care and outcomes for patients with SjS.

              CONTENT

              Content

              Sjogren’s Disease: How Dry Am I?

               

              Author: Kelsey Giara, PharmD

               

              Program Goal: To educate pharmacists and pharmacy technicians about emerging theories related to Sjogren’s disease, including use of biomarkers to diagnose and classify patients. This continuing education activity will cover guidelines, evidence-based medicine, and supportive material that the integrated healthcare team can employ to improve quality of life for patients who have Sjogren’s disease.

               

              Learning Objectives:

              Upon completion of this activity, pharmacists will be able to

              1. Discuss current theories postulating how Sjogren’s disease develops
              2. Identify biomarkers used in diagnosis and patient classification
              3. Interpret guidelines and evidence-based medicine to use best practices to manage Sjogren’s disease
              4. Use elements of an integrated approach to care among specialists and other pharmacists

               

              Upon completion of this activity, pharmacy technicians will be able to

              1. Describe Sjogren’s disease’s basic pathology and symptoms
              2. Outline prescription and non-prescription treatments used in Sjogren’s disease
              3. Identify when to refer patients to the pharmacists for recommendations or referrals

               

              ABSTRACT

              Once considered a “dry eye-dry mouth-arthritis” illness, Sjogren’s disease (SjD) is a systemic condition strongly associated with organ-specific and systemic autoimmunity. Systemic SjD is linked to autoimmune dysfunction that may eventually be irreversible. This disease affects about 2 to 4 million Americans, but every patient presents differently and symptoms mimic those of various other conditions, posing a challenge for diagnosis and treatment. SjD’s classic symptoms include sicca (ocular and oral dryness), arthralgia (joint pain), and fatigue. The pathogenesis of the disease is complex and multifactorial, but researchers are looking for a well-defined cause and modern understanding of SjD is improving. The search for biomarkers, therapeutic targets, and disease-modifying treatments for SjD is underway. Health care providers—including pharmacists and pharmacy technicians—who are up to date on current understanding and recently-updated guidelines will be better prepared to make evidence-based recommendations and appropriate referrals to improve care and outcomes for patients with SjD.

               

               

              INTRODUCTION

              The medical community’s understanding of Sjogren’s disease (SjD) has evolved a great deal since it was first recognized in the late 1800s. A surgeon reported the first clinical case of what is now called SjD in 1888, describing a male patient with painless bilateral swelling of the lacrimal, parotid, and submandibular glands (i.e., the glands that produce tears and saliva).1 Following a series of case reports over about a century detailing a “dry eye-dry mouth-arthritis” illness, physicians pieced together and named the disease known today as SjD.1,2

               

              Importantly, this disease recently underwent a name change from “Sjogren’s syndrome (SjD).” The name change from Sjögren’s syndrome to Sjögren’s disease was proposed and endorsed by the 2023 International Rome Consensus Task Force, a multidisciplinary panel of international experts and patient representatives.2 The name was changed to better reflect its nature as a distinct systemic autoimmune disease, rather than a vague collection of symptoms implied by the term “syndrome.” The change also aimed to eliminate the confusing and potentially misleading distinction between “primary” and “secondary” forms, which does not align with how other autoimmune diseases are classified and was viewed by patients as diminishing the seriousness of their condition.2

               

              Epidemiologic data about SjD in the United States (U.S.) is limited. It is estimated to affect about 2 to 4 million Americans, but only about 1 million are definitively diagnosed.3,4 Women are nine times more likely to have the condition, and it typically emerges around menopause (i.e., after age 50). SjD is the second most common rheumatologic disorder in the U.S. behind systemic lupus erythematous (SLE).5 Autoimmune conditions don’t discriminate; many famous people have historically battled them publicly. Selena Gomez postponed a concert tour to undergo treatment for SLE. Kim Kardashian suffers from psoriasis. SjD, as a rarer condition, doesn’t make the news quite as often as other autoimmune conditions, but here are a few people you may recognize who are battling the disease today6-8:

              • Carrie Ann Inaba: In 2021, the 30-season judge of Dancing with the Stars and co-host of The Talk took a leave of absence from television to focus on her health and wellbeing. The chronic pain associated with her SjD, SLE, fibromyalgia, and rheumatoid arthritis forced her to stay in bed three days a week.
              • Shannon Boxx: This World Cup soccer player and Olympic gold medalist was diagnosed with SjD in 2002 and suffered from severe fatigue and joint pain. Ahead of the 2007 World Cup, she was put on corticosteroids to alleviate her symptoms and needed specific approval from the U.S. Anti-Doping Agency to take them while competing.
              • Venus Williams: While dominating the sport of tennis as the most decorated female tennis player to compete in the Olympic Games, she has also been in a battle against her own body. SjD-related fatigue caused her to pull out of the 2011 U.S. Open, and she was temporarily booted from the top 100 tennis players for the first time in 15 years.

               

              As an autoimmune condition, SjD’s cause is unclear. Genetic, environmental, and hormonal factors likely work collaboratively to produce the cardinal symptoms of dry eyes and/or mouth, fatigue, and limb pain. Some patients experience additional manifestations in the lymph nodes, lungs, kidneys, muscles, nervous system, skin, teeth, and brain. Glandular and joint involvement is also possible, and constitutional symptoms (e.g., fever, involuntary weight loss, night sweats) can affect quality of life. Patients with SjD have an elevated risk of lymphoma, about 15 to 20 times higher than the general population.9,10

               

              Clinical Presentation

              SjD is a systemic condition strongly associated with organ-specific and systemic autoimmunity. Since it impacts multiple systems in the body, SjD can manifest various ways. Affected patients may have symptoms that cycle between mild and severe. Symptoms also tend to worsen as patients age and the function of the exocrine glands subsides.

               

              SjD’s main symptoms are dry mouth and dry eyes (collectively, sicca). More than 95% of patients with SjD present with sicca symptoms, which are irritating and poorly tolerated.11 About half of patients also have dermatologic involvement (i.e., dry skin or rashes).3,12 Xerostomia (oral dryness) can substantially impact daily life, interfering with eating, speaking, or sleeping.4 When patients’ salivary volume decreases, they also lose saliva’s antibacterial properties. This can accelerate tooth decay, infection, and periodontal disease. Patients with dry mouth also report swallowing difficulties, halitosis (bad breath), and burning sensations in the mouth. Using artificial saliva products to manage dry mouth is time-consuming and ineffective for many patients with SjD.13

               

              Patients with ocular dryness complain of itchy, gritty, sore, or dry sensations in the eyes despite appearing physically normal.4 Decreased tear production over time can cause chronic irritation and destruction of conjunctival epithelium that lines the inside of the eyelids and covers the sclera (whites of the eyes).

               

              Patients may also experience symptoms elsewhere in the body, including

              • Dry cough
              • Fatigue
              • Joint and muscle pain
              • Numbness or tingling of the hands and feet
              • Vaginal dryness

               

              Patients who develop musculoskeletal symptoms may have difficulty remaining active. About 53% of patients experience arthralgias (joint stiffness) and 22% experience myalgias (muscle pain).4 SjD-associated arthralgia occurs primarily in small joints, sometimes asymmetrically. Providers may confuse these symptoms with SLE or rheumatoid arthritis.

               

              Disease Classification and Severity

              Experts classify SjD as primary or secondary (see Table 1). Primary SjD (pSjD) is an autoimmune disease that causes immune cells to mistakenly attack and destroy healthy cells in the glands that produce tears and saliva. SjD can also be secondary to other autoimmune diseases (e.g., SLE, rheumatoid arthritis, scleroderma), as is the case for about 60% of patients.4

               

              Table 1. American-European Consensus Group Criteria for the Classification of SjD14

              Primary SjD Criteria Secondary SjD Criteria SjD Exclusion Criteria
              At least 4 of the following, including at least criterion 5 or 6:

              1.   Ocular symptoms (dry eyes for ≥ 3 months, foreign-body sensation, use of tear substitutes > 3 times daily)

              2.   Oral symptoms (dry mouth, recurrently swollen salivary glands, frequent use of liquids to aid swallowing)

              3.   Ocular signs (Schirmer test* performed without anesthesia [< 5 mm in 5 minutes], positive vital dye staining results)

              4.   Oral signs (abnormal imaging of salivary glands, unstimulated salivary flow < 1.5 mL in 15 minutes)

              5.   Positive minor salivary gland biopsy findings

              6.   Positive anti-SDA or anti-SDB antibody results

              In the presence of a connective-tissue disease, symptoms of oral or ocular dryness exist in addition to criterion 3, 4, or 5 for primary SjD. Any of the following:

              ·     AIDS

              ·     Graft versus host disease

              ·     Hepatitis C virus infection

              ·     Past head-and-neck radiation

              ·     Prior lymphoma

              ·     Sarcoidosis

              ·     Use of anticholinergic drugs

              *Schirmer test is used to determine whether the eye produces enough tears to keep it moist; AIDS = acquired immunodeficiency syndrome; SjD = Sjogren’s disease; SDA = Sjogren's disease A; SDB = Sjogren’s disease B

               

              There is a broad range of disease severity in SjD. Some patients experience mild glandular dryness and constitutional symptoms while others have severe glandular involvement and various manifestations throughout the rest of the body, including systemic autoimmune features. Mild SjD has a good prognosis, but patients often have difficulty managing their symptoms and moderate-to-severe disease can severely impact quality of life.15 SjD symptoms cause considerable psychological distress. About one third of patients with the condition have clinically significant anxiety and half have diagnosable depression.16

               

              Measuring Systemic Disease Activity

              The European League Against Rheumatism (EULAR) created a disease activity index for primary SjD (ESSDAI) to measure systemic disease activity.17,18 The ESSDAI includes 12 domains: cutaneous, respiratory, renal, articular, muscular, peripheral nervous system, central nervous system, hematological, glandular, constitutional, lymphadenopathic, and biological. Each domain is divided into three or four levels of activity, and patients are scored based on that domain’s severity (i.e., 0 indicates no activity and 3 or 4 indicates high activity).18

               

              Each domain’s weight reflects its relative importance to disease activity, and the score for each domain is equal to the level of activity multiplied by the domain’s weight. A final ESSDAI score (i.e., the sum of all the domain scores) could theoretically be between 0 and 123. Patients’ disease activity based on ESSDAI score is as follows17,18:

              • 0 = no activity
              • 1 to 4 = low activity
              • 5 to 13 = moderate activity
              • 14 or greater, or high activity in any domain with a definition of high activity = severe activity

               

              Measuring Patient-Reported Outcomes

              EULAR also created the SjD patient reported index (ESSPRI) to assess patient-reported outcomes in pSjD.18 This scale focuses solely on the three major manifestations of SjD: dryness, fatigue, and musculoskeletal pain. Patients rank each of these domains on a scale of 0 to 10, and the total ESSPRI score is the mean (average) of those scores. A “patient acceptable symptom state” is defined as an ESSPRI score of less than 5, and clinicians and researchers define “minimally clinically important improvement” as an increase in ESSPRI score 1 point or more or 15%.18

               

              Recognition and Treatment are Inadequate

              SjD’s variable symptoms are not always present at the same time, leading providers—including physicians, dentists, and ophthalmologists—to treat each symptom individually, unaware of the systemic disease’s presence. Patients suffer from SjD symptoms an average of 10 years before obtaining a diagnosis.4,19 The condition has historically been misdiagnosed because providers consider symptoms minor or vague and they often mimic other diseases. Up to 30% of people 65 years or older, with SjD or not, report dryness of the eyes and mouth.19 Sicca and/or parotid gland enlargement can result from various other conditions, including19

              • Alzheimer’s disease
              • anxiety and depression
              • Bell’s palsy
              • bulimia
              • chronic conjunctivitis or blepharitis (inflammation of the membrane on the eye or the eyelid, respectively)
              • chronic pancreatitis
              • complications from contact lenses
              • dehydration
              • diabetes mellitus
              • hepatitis C
              • Parkinson’s disease
              • rosacea
              • viral infections (e.g., cytomegalovirus, influenza, mumps)

               

              About half of patients with SjD lack a definitive diagnosis, so undertreatment is considerable.4 For those who are diagnosed, treatment guidelines have historically been unclear and available treatments are limited and often unsuccessful. Recently, evidence-based treatment guidelines have emerged (discussed below) to help providers make decisions regarding SjD care. SjD is incurable; targeted, disease-modifying therapies are needed.

               

              DISEASE MECHANISMS AND BIOMARKERS

              pSjD’s pathogenesis is complex and multifactorial. Underlying genetic predisposition, epigenetic mechanisms (i.e., things that cause changes that affect the way your genes work), and environmental factors contribute to disease development.20 There is no identified causal agent for SjD and it presents with multiple organ involvement. This makes the pursuit for defining an etiology and identifying biomarkers all the more important.

               

              Researchers historically considered SjD a specific, self-perpetuating immune-mediated loss of exocrine tissue as the main cause of glandular dysfunction.20 Today, with more sophisticated research methods, experts believe this fails to fully explain several SjD-related phenomena and experimental findings.

               

              Genetics and Epigenetics

              Genetic studies are a powerful tool for discovering new pathogenic pathways. Scientists have made great strides in studying genetic susceptibility to pSjD, but the evidence still does not match that of other autoimmune conditions.20 Several genome-wide association studies in pSjD have shown that the strongest association lies within human leukocyte antigen (HLA) genes.

               

              The non-HLA genes IRF5 and STAT4 (relevant to the innate and adaptive immune systems) also show consistent associations but on a smaller scale.20 These genes activate interferon (IFN) pathways as part of the innate immune system. Epigenetic mechanisms (e.g., DNA methylation) also play a role in pSjD pathogenesis by modulating gene expression without altering DNA sequences. This may serve as a dynamic link between the genome and SjD manifestation.

               

              Chronic Immune System Activation

              Chronic immune system activation is central to SjD pathophysiology. Innate (“nonspecific”) immunity is the defense system people are born with to protect them from all antigens (foreign substances) that enter the body. Unlike the innate immune system, which attacks based on identification of general threats, the adaptive immune system is activated by pathogen exposure. Adaptive immunity uses its “memory” to learn about the threat and enhance the immune system accordingly over time. The adaptive immune system relies on B cells and T cells—otherwise known as lymphocytes—to function.

               

              IFNs exert antiviral, antimicrobial, antitumor, and immunomodulatory effects as part of the innate immune system. Literature widely recognizes the SjD-associated “IFN signature,” as increased IFN levels activate multiple IFN-responsive genes involved in immune activities.21 Research indicates that type 1 IFN dysregulation is a major pathogenic mechanism in many autoimmune conditions, including SjD.21,22 It is also suggested that “crosstalk” between the type 1 IFN pathway and B-cell activation causes a vicious cycle of immune activation where type 1 IFNs drive production of autoantibodies (made against substances formed by a person's own body) which further promotes IFN production.21 Toll-like receptors (TLRs) also play key roles in the innate immune system.21 Research suggests that TLR-dependent IFN expression may contribute to immune system activation and autoimmunity development in pSjD.21

               

              In patients with SjD, lymphocytes infiltrate the salivary and lacrimal glands and other glands of the respiratory and gastrointestinal tracts and vagina.4 T cells in this infiltrate produce interleukin (IL)-2, IL-4, IL-6, IL-1β, and tumor necrosis factor while the B cells cause hypergammaglobulinemia (overproduction of immunoglobulins/antibodies) and produce autoantibodies.4 Some of these autoantibodies target cellular antigens of salivary ducts, the thyroid gland, the gastric mucosa, erythrocytes, the pancreas, the prostate, and nerve cells. About 60% of patients with SjD also express non-organ-specific autoantibodies, including rheumatoid factors, antinuclear antibodies, and antibodies to the small RNA-protein complexes Ro/SS-A and La/SS-B.4 These processes eventually lead to glandular dysfunction that manifests as dry eyes and mouth and enlargement of major salivary glands.

               

              B-cell activating factor (BAFF) may also contribute to pSjD development. BAFF is usually an active part of the innate immune system, but B cells, T cells, and epithelial cells in the salivary glands also release BAFF in response to IFNs.21 This suggests that epithelial cells are not only passive victims of pSjD autoimmunity but also contributors to immune system overactivation. This also shows that BAFF serves as a link between the innate and adaptive immune systems in pSjD and could also represent an important therapeutic target in pSjD.21

               

              Other Theories

              Research into a well-defined cause of SjD is ongoing. Additional theories include a potential viral trigger, neuroendocrine abnormalities, and autoimmune epithelitis. Evidence for a viral trigger in pSjD development is conflicting, but studies have been unable to replicate an association between SjD and Epstein-Barr virus, hepatitis C virus, retroviruses, or Coxsackie A virus.21 Researchers think that the microbial stimuli driving pSjD development could be diverse or that the initiating viral stimulus is no longer detectable once the disease manifests.

               

              The classic triad of symptoms in pSjD is sicca, arthralgia, and fatigue. Pathogenic mechanisms producing fatigue remain unknown, but neuroendocrine dysfunction may play a key role in the process.21 Studies show that patients with pSjD have decreased hormone levels (e.g., cortisol) compared with healthy individuals, indicating dysfunction of the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal (HPA) axis. The HPA axis is suggested to promote fatigue and depression in patients with pSjD.

               

              The Search for Biomarkers

              Disclosing a disease’s etiology allows researchers to identify biomarkers (i.e., a biological molecule in the body that is a sign of an abnormal process) for diagnosis and assessment of disease process and treatment response. It also stimulates discovery of treatment targets. Researchers have been hard at work searching for biomarkers for SjD. Biomarkers can drive more precise diagnosis and may be used to measure disease severity or see how well the body responds to treatment. Scientists have discovered potential biomarkers, but studies have yet to validate their utility in SjD diagnosis and treatment.

               

              Novel tissue-specific autoantibodies (TSAs) have been described in the early stages of pSjD, including salivary protein-1, parotid secretory pro­tein, and carbonic anhydrase 6.23 These are detectable even before the classic autoantibodies Ro/SS-A and La/SS-B. Further studies are needed to determine the utility of TSAs in screening patients with dry eye for SjD.

               

              Some researchers hope to look beyond blood for reliable biomarkers for pSjD, more specifically in tears or saliva. They have studied y=tear proteins LACTO and LIPOC-1 as potential biomarkers for pSjD and one study shows they are more accurate indicators than traditional clinical tests for disease detection.23 Other studies have examined salivary levels of S100A8/A9 as a potential biomarker for lymphoma development in patients with pSjD. Imaging biomarkers are also gaining attention. Salivary gland ultrasounds, for example, are non-invasive and valuable for studying the morphology (structure) of major salivary glands.23

               

              EVIDENCE-BASED TREATMENT STRATEGIES

              SjD has no cure, and treatment varies from person to person based on their symptoms. Until recently, guidelines were unavailable to help clinicians manage Sjogren’s disease rationally.

               

              In 2019, EULAR released evidence-based guidelines on which to rely, but clinicians may be unaware of its availability.11 Medication is the cornerstone of these recommendations, so pharmacists and pharmacy technicians should be prepared to make evidence-based recommendations and appropriate referrals to improve care for patients with SjD. It is important to remember that no therapy is explicitly approved for SjD disease modification. Rather, providers use therapies indicated for each symptom separately—and some off label (i.e., for a non-FDA-approved indication)—on a trial-and-error basis based on available evidence from small trials that sometimes include a subset of patients with SjD.

               

              Sicca

              Glandular dysfunction—the cause of sicca symptoms—appears to be stable for long periods of time (up to 12 years) and has a chronic course in patients with pSjD.11 No therapeutic intervention can reverse or slow the progression of glandular dysfunction, so sicca symptoms cannot be cured. EULAR guidelines state that the first therapeutic approach to sicca symptoms should be symptomatic relief using topical therapies (e.g., saliva substitutes, artificial tears).11 This minimizes the risk of adverse effects (AEs) seen with systemic therapies.

               

              Finding the optimal lubrication is a matter of trial and error, so pharmacy staff should be prepared to set realistic expectations for patients seeking relief of sicca symptoms. They should also help patients recognize when it may be time to talk to their prescriber about stepping up to pharmacologic treatment.

               

              Oral Dryness

              Treatment of oral dryness depends on the severity of salivary gland dysfunction (Figure 1).11 No evidence indicates any non-pharmacologic stimulant is better than another, so patients with mild glandular dysfunction should use a trial-and-error approach to find one that works for them. If these therapies don’t help or patients do not wish to use non-pharmacologic stimulants, providers should move on to pharmacologic stimulation. Muscarinic agonists’ main AE is excessive sweating.11 To avert this, EULAR recommends increasing the dose progressively up to 15 to 20 mg/day when possible.

               

              Figure 1. Treating Oral Dryness Based on Degree of Glandular Dysfunction11

               

              Cevimeline and pilocarpine are cholinergic agents, meaning they activate muscarinic receptors in the parasympathetic nervous system (which controls bodily functions when a person is at rest) to stimulate saliva production. Patients with SjD take cevimeline 30 mg by mouth three times daily or pilocarpine 5 mg by mouth four times daily to treat dry mouth.24,25 The most common AEs of cevimeline and pilocarpine are excessive sweating, nausea, rhinitis (stuffy nose), and diarrhea.

               

              The ideal saliva substitute will have a neutral pH mimicking natural saliva composition and contain fluoride and other electrolytes.11 Gel formulations are ideal for patients with acceptable salivary flow output, especially those with oral dryness at night. However, patients often dislike these formulations due to their sticky mouth-feel. Pharmacists can recommend that patients dilute oral gel formulations to reduce this phenomenon for better adherence. Thinner preparations are preferred for patients with better-preserved glandular function.11

               

              Some experts feel that all patients with oral dryness should use salivary substitutes regardless of the degree of glandular dysfunction.11 Whether patients use these formulations or not, all patients with salivary dysfunction should use a neutral pH sodium fluoride gel to prevent extensive caries (i.e., cavities).

               

              Ocular Dryness

              Reflex tears are the tears we produce when we cry, while we produce basal tears continuously to lubricate the ocular surface (the surface layers of the eye, namely the cornea and conjunctiva).26 While tears may taste like salt water, their composition is more complex. Both types of tears contain water but they also contain mucin, lipids, proteins (lysozyme, lactoferrin, lipocalin, immunoglobulins, and peroxidase), electrolytes (sodium, potassium, chloride, bicarbonate, magnesium, and calcium), growth factors (epidermal growth factor), cytokines, and glucose.

               

              Artificial tears and ocular gels/ointments are first line therapies for volume replacement and lubrication for ocular dryness.11 While many people refer to over-the-counter (OTC) drops, gels, ointments, and lubricants as artificial tears, these products lack the biologically active components found in natural tears.27 Their primary role is to supplement the patient’s natural tear production and provide sufficient lubrication to avoid eye complications.

               

              Many artificial tear formulations are available, so patients may need assistance navigating the options. Table 2 lists common ingredients in artificial tears and their functions. A major difference between OTC products is the presence of chemical formulations that increase viscosity (thickness/stickiness) and adhesion and facilitate even distribution across the ocular surface.27 As a general rule, drops are the lowest viscosity products, ointments have the highest viscosity, and suspensions fall in between. Lubricants with a polymeric base or viscosity agent are preferred for patients with SjD to11

              1. Add volume to the tear lake
              2. Increase the time the lubricant remains on the ocular surface
              3. Cushion the ocular surface to reduce friction between the eye and the eyelid

               

              Table 2. Artificial Tear Ingredients and Their Functions27-30

              Ingredient Class Function Examples
              Astringent Precipitate protein to clear mucus from outer eye surface zinc sulfate
              Buffering agent Maintain normal tear film pH bicarbonate, phosphate
              Demulcent Protect and lubricate mucous membrane surfaces carboxymethylcellulose sodium, dextran, gelatin, glycerin, hydroxyethyl cellulose, hypromellose, methylcellulose, polyethylene glycol, polysorbate, polyvinyl alcohol, povidone, propylene glycol
              Lipid formulations Improve gland function and increase tear film stability castor oil, phospholipids, triglycerides
              Preservatives Prevent bacterial contamination benzalkonium chloride (BAK), ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), polyquaternium-1, sodium chlorite, sodium perborate

               

              Not all artificial tear products are equal, and different products work better for different patients. The optimal artificial tear offers long-lasting, effective symptom relief. It should also have low blur and be comfortable to administer.31 Surface tension, pH, viscosity, duration of action, and preservative presence or absence affect these factors.

               

              OTC eye drops commonly include preservatives to prevent bacterial contamination. Repeated use of preservative-containing eye drops is associated with ocular allergies and toxicities, which can lead to product nonadherence and worsening symptoms.27 Benzalkonium chloride (BAK)—the most common preservative used in eye formulations—is an epitheliotoxin and a toxic detergent.28,29 It attracts monocytes and lymphocytes to the conjunctiva, worsening inflammation and thickening the tissue. This effect is cumulative; the more the eye is exposed to BAK, the greater the negative effects.29 As a rule-of-thumb, pharmacists should always recommend products without BAK as a preservative.28

               

              EULAR recommends that all patients with SjD who present with ocular dryness use artificial tears containing methylcellulose or hyaluronate at least twice daily.11 They should increase frequency as symptoms reappear as often as hourly. Individuals who use artificial tears four or more times daily should always use preservative-free products. Patients who experience overnight dryness should consider ophthalmic ointments before bedtime, as they remain in the eye longer. These are not recommended for daytime use because they blur vision.

               

              Patients who are refractory to artificial tears and ointments—those who do not improve after maximum use—should see an ophthalmologist for prescription treatment. Short-term non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug (NSAID) or corticosteroid eye drops are indicated for a maximum of two to four weeks.11 This is due to the potential for AEs with long-term use, including

              • NSAIDs: corneal-scleral melts, perforation, ulceration, severe keratopathy
              • corticosteroids: infections, increased intraocular pressure, cataract worsening or development

               

              Cyclosporine 0.05% is another therapeutic option for patients who are refractory to or do not tolerate artificial tears and ointments and those with severe ocular dryness requiring multiple courses of a glucocorticoid eye drop.11 Cyclosporine is a calcineurin inhibitor that prevents T cell maturation.32 This counteracts SjD’s vicious cycle of inflammation. Patients administer the drug in the eyes twice daily, and the most common AEs are eye burning, stinging, and irritation. Of note, a small trial investigating topical tacrolimus showed promising results, but larger trials are needed to confirm the role of this drug for SjD-associated ocular dryness. Some providers also use lifitegrast ophthalmic solution or varenicline nasal spray off-label to treat SjD-associated dry eye, but EULAR makes no recommendation for their use.

               

              Serum eye drops are blood-derived eye drops that may be autologous (uses the patient’s own blood) or allogenic (the blood comes from a donor).26 These are compounded; a specialized pharmacy collects the patient’s blood, then clots, centrifuges, and dilutes it with sterile saline. The serum drops also contain increased concentrations of proteins, growth factors, vitamins A and C, antioxidants, and electrolytes found in natural tears.26 This is meant to mimic natural basal tears’ biochemical properties to heal the cells of the ocular surface.

               

              Small uncontrolled studies have examined serum eye drops for SjD patients, and results are inconsistent.11 Nevertheless, ophthalmologists may use this option for patients with severe symptoms who are refractory to topical cyclosporine drops. When considering serum eye drops, individuals should consider storage needs, as they should be frozen until use (up to six months) and then refrigerated once opened for up to one week. Contamination during and after the compounding process is also possible.11

               

              Studies have investigated the utility of other therapies—hydroxychloroquine, immunosuppressive agents, and rituximab—for SjD-related ocular dryness, but EULAR does not recommend any of them for ocular dryness alone based on available clinical data.

               

              Fatigue and Pain

              Patients with pSjD often present with general non-inflammatory joint/muscle pain and fatigue/weakness. After ruling out potential concomitant conditions (e.g., osteoarthritis, hypothyroidism, vitamin deficiencies, depression), providers should evaluate whether the patient is experiencing joint pain (arthralgia) or joint inflammation (arthritis, tenosynovitis).11 The ESSDAI score defines low articular activity level as arthralgia in the hands, wrists, ankles, and feet accompanied by morning stiffness longer than 30 minutes, always ruling out concomitant osteoarthritis.17 Objective inflammation (i.e., redness, heat, and swelling) in one or more joints is considered arthritis, and the ESSDAI score classifies arthritis severity based on the number of joints involved. Management of arthritis is covered under systemic disease treatment, and Table 3 outlines EULAR recommendations for non-arthritis musculoskeletal pain.

               

              Table 3. EULAR-Recommended Management of SjD-Associated Musculoskeletal Pain*11

              Acute Pain Frequent Acute Pain Chronic, Daily Pain
              · Acetaminophen or NSAIDs for symptomatic relief for up to 7 to 10 consecutive days

              · Topical diclofenac may be effective for local pain with fewer adverse effects

              · Consider hydroxychloroquine in patients with articular pain based on its evidence for use in other SAD

              · Off-label use of biologics (even as rescue therapy) is not recommended

              · Emphasize non-pharmacologic management (e.g., physical activity) before medications

              · Goal is to avoid repeated use of NSAIDs or glucocorticoids

              · Musculoskeletal: antidepressants and anticonvulsants

              · Neuropathic: gabapentin, pregabalin, or amitriptyline

              · Opioids are not recommended

              *Providers must first rule out concomitant osteoarthritis (i.e., objective inflammation in 1 or more joints); NSAID = non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug; SAD = systemic autoimmune diseases

               

              Systemic Disease

              EULAR defines systemic SjD as disease involvement that affects or has affected any of the organs/systems included in the ESSDAI score (i.e., all domains except biological).11 Systemic disease is linked to autoimmune dysfunction that may eventually become irreversible. Providers should limit systemic therapies to patients with active systemic disease following careful evaluation of symptom severity and organ damage. Clinicians should consider systemic therapy on an individual basis, as not all patients with active systemic disease will require it.11

               

              EULAR makes a few general recommendations regarding systemic therapy11:

              1. Consider systemic therapies for most patients presenting with at least moderate activity in one clinical domain, or with a global moderate disease activity score (i.e., greater than 5).
              2. Therapeutic response is considered a reduction of 3 or more points in the global ESSDAI score.
              3. Providers should follow a sequential (or combined) use of glucocorticoids, immunosuppressive agents, and biologics to treat organ-specific systemic manifestations.
              4. Use glucocorticoids at the minimum dose and duration necessary to control active systemic disease.
              5. Use synthetic immunosuppressive agents (e.g., azathioprine, cyclophosphamide, leflunomide, methotrexate, mycophenolate) mainly as glucocorticoid-sparing agents in patients requiring long-term glucocorticoid therapy (i.e., those with severe organ impairments).
              6. Consider B-cell targeted therapies (e.g., belimumab, rituximab) in patients with severe, refractory systemic disease.

               

              Evidence regarding the use of glucocorticoids for SjD is weak and studies report high rates of AEs.11 Guidelines recommend administering pulses of methylprednisolone followed by doses of 0.5 mg/kg daily or less as induction therapy in patients with severe disease and lower doses in patients with less severe disease. The goal is to withdraw glucocorticoids in patients whose SjD becomes inactive as soon as possible or at least target a maintenance dose of 5 mg daily or less with the aid of steroid-sparing immunosuppressive agents.11 Studies of immunosuppressive agents are lacking, so EULAR does not recommend one agent over another, except in the case of patient characteristics or comorbidities. Dose, route of administration, and duration of treatment are not established given the lack of clinical data, so physicians should follow similar dosing schedules to other systemic autoimmune diseases.11

               

              EULAR guidelines also include algorithms for each ESSDAI domain based on available trial data and the clinical experience of the individuals on the EULAR task force.11 Figure 2 summarizes these recommendations, including standard of care, second line, and third line recommendations.

               

              Figure 2. EULAR Algorithms for Systemic Therapy Based on ESSDAI Domain11

              ABA = abatacept 0, 2, 4 weeks and every 4 weeks; BLM = belimumab 10 mg/kg (0, 2 and 4 weeks and then every 4 weeks); CyC = cyclophosphamide pulses 0.5g/15 day (maximum six pulses); ESSDAI = EULAR Sjogren's syndrome disease activity index; GC = glucocorticoid (recommended dose in mg/kg/day), short-term course whenever possible, consider methylprednisolone pulses in severe cases; G-CSF = granulocyte-colony stimulating factor; Hb = hemoglobin; HCQ = hydroxychloroquine 200 mg/day; ID = immunosuppressive agents, no head-to-

              head comparisons available; ivIG = intravenous immunoglobulins 0.4-2 g/kg 5 days; MP = methylprednisolone; NSAID = non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug; Pex = plasma exchanges; RTX = rituximab 1 g/15 days (x2)

               

               

              Considering Comorbidities

              More than 20% of people with SjD are older than 65 years, making them more likely to have pulmonary, liver, kidney, or heart-related comorbidities.19 It is especially important to consider alternative causes of sicca in older patients since many conditions and drugs produce oral and ocular dryness. Older people are nearly twice as likely to suffer from dry eyes than younger individuals.19 Older age is also associated with decreased salivary flow rate. Dry mouth is more than a bothersome symptom. Addressing dry mouth in older adults is vital because worsening oral health increases risks of malnutrition, social isolation, care dependency, and frailty that tend to affect this population.19

               

              An estimated 45% to 80% of the older adult population reports some pain, most commonly musculoskeletal.19 Treatment plans for these patients should emphasize non-pharmacologic relief rather than medications as first-line therapy. Also, despite the lack of available evidence, experts suggest that topical NSAID formulations may be effective for local SjD-related pain in older adults with fewer AEs than oral NSAIDs.19

               

              Treating systemic symptoms in this population also requires special considerations. Older adults are more likely to experience AEs from glucocorticoids—including blood clots, osteoporosis, and bone fractures—than younger individuals.19 Pharmacists should also consider the greater frequency of hepatic and renal impairment in older patients. For example, renal function decline and decreased folate stores may increase methotrexate-related toxicity.19 Studies suggest that disease-modifying antirheumatic drugs (including some biologics) have similar effects on younger and older patients while maintaining favorable AE profiles.19 Older people, therefore, should not be excluded from the use of these agents for systemic disease where appropriate.

               

              Autoimmune conditions increase the risk of lymphoma, cancer stemming from the lymph nodes.33 More specifically, pSjD is the autoimmune disease associated with the highest risk of B-cell lymphoma, occurring in 5% to 10% of patients.33 This risk increases by 2.2% per year of age in this population.33 In patients with pSjD, chronic stimulation of autoimmune B cells leads to development of B-cell lymphoma. Screening for lymphoma is an important part of a comprehensive treatment plan given the increased risk. Similar to other autoimmune conditions, SjD also increases patients’ risk for atherosclerosis and coronary artery disease.22

               

              Research Continues

              Researchers continue to define new therapeutic targets and investigate new treatments for SjD. Targeting B cells appears to be the most promising therapeutic approach for this condition.18 Studies are evaluating anti-CD20 antibodies and antibodies targeting the BAFF signaling pathway to target B cells and anti-CD40 antibodies to block the crosstalk between T cells and B cells.18 So far, two agents have met their primary outcome—improvement in systemic disease activity—in pSjD clinical trials: anti-BAFF receptor antibodies and anti-CD40 antibodies.

               

              BAFF receptors are exclusively expressed on B cells, so targeting these receptors effectively depletes B cells to blunt the autoimmune response in pSjD. Clinical trials have assessed an anti-BAFF receptor antibody, ianalumab (VAY736) in patients with pSjD with positive results.34,35 In the phase 2b study, patients experienced improved ESSDAI scores from baseline to week 24 and improvement in stimulated saliva flow rate.35 This is a promising option for a future disease-modifying pSjD treatment, and phase 3 trials are ongoing.

               

              The interaction between CD40 and the CD40 ligand (CD40L) is important for B cell development, antibody production, and optimal T cell-dependent antibody responses. Patients with pSjD have increased expression of CD40L compared to healthy individuals, which suggests that CD40-CD40L interactions could be a practical target for pSjD treatment.18 Phase 2 studies have shown promising results for iscalimab, an anti-CD40 antibody, to treat pSjD. However, the drug’s manufacturer discontinued development of iscalimab, citing a non-competitive risk/benefit profile to other agents.36 A phase 2 trial of another anti-CD40L antibody frexalimab (SAR441344) also shows promise for SjD, but the manufacturer is not currently pursuing this indication.37

               

              Additional therapeutic targets under investigation include18

              • Bruton’s tyrosine kinase, an important molecule in B cell receptor signaling
              • plasmacytoid dendritic cells, which secrete type 1 IFNs
              • downstream type 1 and 2 IFN signaling (using Janus kinase inhibitors)
              • IL-12 signaling pathway and induction of T helper 1 cell, which secrete type 2 IFNs (using ustekinumab)

               

              MULTIDISCIPLINARY TEAM CARE IS IDEAL

              EULAR guidelines recommend a multidisciplinary approach to SjD treatment.11 This is the second strongest recommendation included in the 2020 guidelines, with only a recommendation for patients who develop B-cell lymphoma to receive individualized treatment receiving a stronger grade. SjD’s overall prevalence in the general population is low and the condition presents differently in every patient, making it difficult for any one provider to ensure in-depth expertise in managing it. At minimum, the SjD care team should include a primary care provider (PCP), a rheumatologist, a dentist, and an ophthalmologist. Pharmacy staff should understand the roles and responsibilities of each provider to better recognize their own place on the care team.

               

              Rheumatologist

              Rheumatologists are usually the “lead” of the medical team for SjD and have the primary responsibility for managing it.38 The rheumatologist should verify the diagnosis, including looking for disease mimics and screening and monitoring for coexisting rheumatologic or autoimmune conditions. They should also screen for lymphoma risk factors and common comorbidities. They may collaborate with the patient’s PCP for comorbidity monitoring and management. Rheumatologists also provide treatment for systemic features of SjD.38

               

              Primary Care Provider

              The PCP should provider routine, comprehensive health care addressing a wide range of issues, including patients’ mental health.38 They should collaborate with the patient’s rheumatologist to establish who is responsible for overlapping areas of practice (e.g., comorbidities, immunizations, nutrition concerns). Screening for comorbidities—including cardiovascular disease, osteoporosis, sinusitis, and others—is an important task for PCPs, but they may be unaware of the increased risk of these conditions in patients with SjD. Pharmacy teams should encourage patients to advocate for themselves, and direct patients to www.sjogrensadvocate.com for advice on how to do so effectively.38

               

              Ophthalmologist

              Ophthalmologists are responsible for managing severe dry eye.38 Occasionally, the ophthalmologist is the first provider to suspect SjD and refers patients to rheumatology for general management. They perform diagnostic tests (e.g., Schirmer’s test, ocular staining score, tear breakup time) to determine the severity of SjD ocular symptoms and blood tests to screen for biologic signs of SjD. These clinicians also provide routine dry eye management, including prescription medications/drops and recommendations for OTC therapies.

               

              Dentist

              Many patients with SjD require extensive dental care exceeding the recommended checkups every 6 months for otherwise healthy individuals.38 Preventative dental visit frequency depends on patients’ level of dryness and decay. At every checkup, dentists should examine the entire oral region, including palpating (i.e., feeling with the fingers) salivary glands, face, and neck for swelling and masses.38 They should also provide dental caries prevention, screening, and treatment.

               

              Where Pharmacy Fits In

              Most often, pharmacy technicians will encounter patients with SjD at the pickup counter, so they should be prepared to refer patients to the pharmacist when appropriate. Sometimes, patients request assistance finding the eye care aisle for OTC drops. Before pointing them in the right direction, pharmacy technicians should refer patients to the pharmacist for counseling if they indicate they are new to using artificial tears (e.g., asking your opinion about product selection).

               

              Technicians can also help patients locate products based on pharmacist recommendations and provide informational handouts about proper administration technique (see Sidebar). While cost in an important factor in therapy adherence, consider recommending name brand products rather than store brand generics whenever feasible. While the active ingredients may be consistent across proprietary and store brand products, the concentration of these components is often less than 5% of each drop.39 The amount of inactive ingredients (i.e., “filler”) differs from brand to brand.

               

              Sidebar: Don’t Leave Patients High and Dry40,41

              To provide maximum relief, patients must administer eye formulations correctly. Many patients struggle with this, especially older patients, and joint pain in SjD can make it even more difficult. Counseling patients on proper eye drop and ointment instillation is crucial to improving outcomes.

               

              Eye Drop Administration

              1. Thoroughly wash hands and areas of the face around the eyes. Remove contact lenses, unless the product is specifically designed for use with contact lenses. If using a suspension, shake well.
              2. Tilt head back, gently grasp the lower eyelid below lashes and pull away from the eye to create a pouch.
              3. Look up, and administer a single drop into the pouch without touching the tip of the container to the eye.
              4. As soon as the drop is instilled, release the eyelid slowly. Close eyes gently for 3 minutes and position the head downward (gravity pulls the drop onto the ocular surface). Minimize blinking or squeezing the eyelid.
              5. Use a finger to gently apply pressure to the opening of the tear duct (inner corner of the eye) to prevent medication from draining through the tear duct and increase medication contact time in the eye.
              6. If additional ophthalmic therapy is indicated, wait 5 to 10 minutes in between. Also, wait 5 to 10 minutes before reinserting contact lenses, if applicable.

               

              Pro-Tip: tell patients, “If you have a hard time deciphering whether you’ve successfully installed eye drops, refrigerate the solution before administration to more easily detect the drops on your eye’s surface. Do NOT use this trick with a suspension.”

               

              Eye Ointment Administration

              1. Thoroughly wash hands and areas of the face around the eyes. Remove contact lenses, unless the product is designed for use with contact lenses specifically.
              2. Tilt head back, gently grasp the lower eyelid below lashes, and pull away from the eye to create a pouch.
              3. Look up, and with a sweeping motion, place a strip of ointment ¼ to ½ inch wide inside the lower eyelid by gently squeezing the tube (avoid touching the tube tip to any tissue surface).
              4. Release the eyelid slowly and close eyes gently for 1 to 2 minutes.
              5. Vision may blur temporarily, so avoid activities that require good visual acuity until vision improves. Also, wait 15 minutes before reinserting contact lenses, if applicable.

               

              Clearly, a medication expert needs to contribute to patient and provider education and oversee prescribed and OTC medications. Pharmacists can offer various clinical pearls to help patients with SjD avoid dry eyes, mouth, and skin.

               

              Lifestyle modifications42:

              • Avoid windy or drafty environments and wear sunglasses outdoors
              • Use a humidifier indoors to keep the air moist
              • Practice good oral hygiene (e.g., chew sugarless gum, stay well hydrated, see a dentist three times a year)
              • Consciously remember to blink when working at a computer or reading extensively
              • Avoid wearing eye makeup
              • Consider smoking cessation and avoid smoky environments
              • After showering, pat dry gently and apply an emollient to damp skin within three minutes

               

              Separation and timing40,41:

              • Separate administration of multiple eye drops by at least 5 minutes to ensure the first drop is not flushed away by the second and the second drop is not diluted by the first
              • If using multiple products, use them in order of least viscous to most viscous to ensure efficacy of all treatments
              • If using drops and ointment, administer drops at least 10 minutes before ointment so the ointment does not create a barrier to the drops’ absorption
              • If using a suspension with another dosage form, use the suspension last because its retention time in the tear film is longer

               

              Pharmacists and pharmacy technicians should also be aware of medications that could worsen symptoms of dryness (Table 4). Technicians should refer patients with SjD to the pharmacist when they see these at the pick-up counter. They should also stay up to date on available eye care formulations and discuss new products with the pharmacist. Pharmacists should counsel patients with SjD about which OTC products to avoid and offer to contact prescribers to recommend prescription therapy changes.

               

              Table 4. Medications That Cause or Worsen Ocular Dryness19,25,28

              Medication/Class Examples Rx/OTC Mechanism for Ocular Dryness
              Anticholinergics benztropine

              trihexyphenidyl

              Rx Blocking acetylcholine blurs vision and stops the signals that normally tell the eyes to produce tears
              Antihistamines (especially first-generation) cetirizine

              chlorpheniramine

              diphenhydramine

              loratadine

              OTC

               

              Dry secretions (including tears) and produce anticholinergic adverse effects
              Beta-blockers atenolol

              metoprolol

              propranolol

              Rx Cause the body to make less of a protein present in tears, and can lower pressure in the eyes, affecting the amount of water in the tears
              Decongestants phenylephrine

              pseudoephedrine

              OTC Decrease nasal/mucosal mucus production (including the eyes), which decreases tear production
              Diuretics furosemide

              hydrochlorothiazide

              Rx Help the body eliminate water and salt, which can alter tear composition
              Hormones estrogen/progesterone and other hormones used for contraception, infertility, or hormone replacement Rx Unknown
              Isotretinoin N/A Rx Lessens oil production by certain glands to treat acne, but some of those glands are in eyelids, decreasing oil in tears
              Tricyclic antidepressants amitriptyline

              amoxapine

              clomipramine

              imipramine

              maprotiline

              Rx Anticholinergic adverse effect stops the signals that normally tell the eyes to produce tears

              OTC = over-the-counter; Rx = prescription only

               

              CONCLUSION

              SjD is a complex, multifactorial condition that impacts patients’ quality of life substantially. Providing optimal care for this disease requires a multidisciplinary team, on which pharmacists and pharmacy technicians provide a link between all providers to ensure continuity of care. Recognizing patients with SjD in the pharmacy is crucial to prevent polypharmacy, ensure patients know how to use eye care formulations, assist patients in finding OTC products to address symptoms, and refer to other providers when necessary. This will improve care and outcomes for patients with SjD.

               

               

               

              PAUSE AND PONDER:

              1. Why are patients with SjD so difficult to identify and diagnose?
              2. How would your daily life change if you had SjD? What hardships might you face?
              3. How often do you encounter patients asking for help choosing artificial tear products? What could you improve about your ability to assist them?

               

               

              Pharmacist Post Test (for viewing only)

              Sjogren’s Disease: How Dry Am I?

              Pharmacist Post-test 25-050 H01 P

              Upon completion of this activity, pharmacists will be able to
              1. DISCUSS current theories postulating how Sjogren’s disease develops
              2. IDENTIFY biomarkers used in diagnosis and patient classification
              3. INTERPRET guidelines and evidence-based medicine to use best practices to manage Sjogren’s disease
              4. USE elements of an integrated approach to care among specialists and other pharmacists

              1. Which gene(s) shows the strongest association with primary SjD?
              A. STAT4
              B. IRF5
              C. HLA

              2. Which of the following is associated with SjD pathogenesis?
              A. Interferon signature
              B. T-cell activating factor
              C. Epstein-Barr virus

              3. Which sentence describes the potential role of BAFF in primary SjD development?
              A. It is an unexplored and unreliable therapeutic target for SjD treatment
              B. It proves that epithelial cells are passive victims of SjD autoimmunity
              C. It serves as a link between the innate and adaptive immune systems

              4. Which of the following biomarkers may be more accurate than traditional clinical tests for SjD detection?
              A. TSAs
              B. LACTO and LIPOC-1
              C. S100A8/A9

              5. Which is TRUE about the ESSDAI score?
              A. A 14 is the highest score possible
              B. It measures disease activity in 12 domains
              C. It assesses patient-reported outcomes

              6. A patient consults with you about her SjD-induced dry mouth symptoms. She has been using a gel saliva substitute for a week. It works well, but she finds it annoyingly sticky and is hoping to find an alternative. She tells you her rheumatologist says she has mild gland dysfunction and acceptable saliva output. What is the best recommendation for this patient?
              A. Dilute the saliva substitute with water
              B. Switch to xylitol-free chewing gum
              C. Talk to your rheumatologist about trying cevimeline

              7. A patient is using artificial tear drops for SjD-related ocular dryness, but he complains that he must use them every 2 hours because they wear off. Which of the following is the best recommendation for this patient?
              A. Switch to an artificial tear suspension containing hyaluronate
              B. Switch to an artificial tear ointment containing BAK
              C. Talk to your ophthalmologist about prescription therapies

              8. A patient with SjD complains of visible redness, considerable heat, and ample swelling in three of his joints. He brings acetaminophen and ibuprofen to your pharmacy counter and asks which one will work better. Which of the following is the best recommendation for this patient?
              A. Ibuprofen is the better choice because it is anti-inflammatory
              B. A topical NSAID like diclofenac is a better choice because it is locally-acting
              C. Talk to your rheumatologist about systemic hydroxychloroquine with NSAIDs

              9. A patient presents to your pharmacy to buy artificial tears. She mentions that her ophthalmologist recommended that she see a rheumatologist because she thinks the patient has SjD. She doesn’t understand why that’s necessary when she can just use OTC drops to lubricate her dry eyes, and she doesn’t plan to see another provider. Which of the following is the best response?
              A. You can use OTC drops as long as you choose a product with methylcellulose and no benzalkonium chloride
              B. SjD affects your whole body, not just your eyes, so you may need additional treatment from a rheumatologist
              C. Your ophthalmologist can prescribe prescription therapies for your dry eye symptoms, so you don’t need to see a rheumatologist

              10. A patient’s neurologist prescribed propranolol for migraine prevention. He presents to your pharmacy to pick up the prescription along with a facewash for acne and artificial tear drops for SjD. What should you do?
              A. Offer to contact the patient’s neurologist for an alternative migraine prevention therapy
              B. Recommend a suspension, not drops, to prevent blurred vision that could worsen his migraines
              C. Advise him to avoid the acne facewash as it could worsen his SjD-related dry eye symptoms

              Pharmacy Technician Post Test (for viewing only)

              Sjogren’s Disease: How Dry Am I?

              Pharmacy Technician Post-test 25-050 H01 T

              Upon completion of this activity, pharmacy technicians will be able to
              1. DESCRIBE Sjogren’s disease’s basic pathology and symptoms
              2. OUTLINE prescription and non-prescription treatments used in Sjogren’s disease
              3. IDENTIFY when to refer patients to the pharmacists for recommendations or referrals

              1. Which is the most common symptom of SjD?
              A. Arthralgia
              B. Fatigue
              C. Sicca

              2. Which of the following sentences accurately describes SjD symptoms?
              A. Symptoms are the same in every patient
              B. Symptoms may cycle between mild and severe
              C. Younger patients have worse symptoms than older patients

              3. Which gene(s) shows the strongest association with primary SjD?
              A. STAT4
              B. IRF5
              C. HLA

              4. Which of the following should ALL patients with SjD-related dry mouth use?
              A. Gel formulation saliva substitute
              B. Prescription muscarinic agonists
              C. Neutral pH sodium fluoride gel

              5. Which of the following has the lowest viscosity?
              A. Eye drops
              B. Eye suspensions
              C. Eye ointments

              6. Which prescription therapy does EULAR recommend for SjD-related ocular dryness?
              A. Hydroxychloroquine oral tablets
              B. Cyclosporine ophthalmic solution
              C. Lifitegrast ophthalmic solution

              7. Which of the following is used to treat frequent acute SjD-associated articular pain?
              A. Hydroxychloroquine
              B. Biologics
              C. Amitriptyline

              8. Which of the following does EULAR recommend for patients with SjD who present with ocular dryness?
              A. Use artificial tears containing methylcellulose of hyaluronate at least twice daily
              B. Use artificial tears containing benzalkonium chloride at least four times daily
              C. Use artificial tear ointments during the day because they last the longest in the eyes

              9. A patient is picking up a pilocarpine prescription for SjD-induced dry eyes. She mentions that she has daily, throbbing pain in her back. She is also purchasing naproxen (an NSAID) that she hopes will help with the pain and OTC artificial tears for her dry eyes. Why should you refer this patient to the pharmacist?
              A. Acetaminophen is a better choice for this patient’s pain
              B. The patient should not use artificial tears with pilocarpine
              C. This patient may require prescription treatment for her pain

              10. Which of the following patients with SjD should you refer to the pharmacist?
              A. A 74-year-old male purchasing topical diclofenac for local, acute pain
              B. A 52-year-old female purchasing artificial tears, cevimeline, and phenylephrine
              C. A 33-year-old female purchasing artificial tears and insulin for diabetes

              References

              Full List of References

              1. Talal N. Sjögren's syndrome: historical overview and clinical spectrum of disease. Rheum Dis Clin North Am. 1992;18(3):507-515.
              2. Ramos-Casals M, Baer AN, Brito-Zerón MDP, et al. 2023 International Rome consensus for the nomenclature of Sjögren disease. Nat Rev Rheumatol. 2025;21(7):426-437. doi:10.1038/s41584-025-01268-z
              3. Sjogren’s syndrome. National Institute of Dental and Craniofacial Research. Updated July 2018. Accessed June 1, 2022. https://www.nidcr.nih.gov/health-info/sjogrens-syndrome
              4. Kassan SS, Moutsopoulos HM. Clinical manifestations and early diagnosis of Sjögren syndrome. Arch Intern Med. 2004;164(12):1275-1284. doi:10.1001/archinte.164.12.1275
              5. Helmick CG, Felson DT, Lawrence RC, et al. Estimates of the prevalence of arthritis and other rheumatic conditions in the United States. Part I. Arthritis Rheum. 2008;58(1):15-25. doi:10.1002/art.23177
              6. Venus Williams stands up for Sjogren’s awareness. Sjogren’s Foundation. April 30, 2022. Accessed June 1, 2022. https://www.sjogrens.org/blog/2022/venus-williams-stands-up-for-sjogrens-awareness
              7. Taylor T. Perseverance in pursuit: U.S.'s Boxx eyes World Cup title despite illness. June 5, 2015. Accessed June 1, 2022. https://www.si.com/soccer/2015/06/05/shannon-boxx-womens-world-cup-us-national-team
              8. Ramirez CD. Carrie Ann Inaba announces leave of absence from The Talk to focus on her health. April 26, 2021. Accessed June 1, 2022. https://people.com/tv/carrie-ann-inaba-taking-leave-of-absence-from-the-talk-to-focus-on-health/
              9. Zintzaras E, Voulgarelis M, Moutsopoulos HM. The risk of lymphoma development in autoimmune diseases: a metaanalysis. Arch Intern Med. 2005;165:2337-2344.
              10. Lazarus, M.N.; Robinson, D.; Mak, V.; Møller, H.; Isenberg, D.A. Incidence of cancer in a cohort of patients with primary sjogren’s syndrome. Rheumatology. 2006;45:1012-1015.
              11. Ramos-Casals M, Brito-Zerón P, Bombardieri S, et al. EULAR recommendations for the management of Sjögren's syndrome with topical and systemic therapies. Ann Rheum Dis. 2020;79(1):3-18. doi:10.1136/annrheumdis-2019-216114
              12. Kittridge A, Routhouska SB, Korman NJ. Dermatologic manifestations of Sjögren syndrome. J Cutan Med Surg. 2011;15(1):8-14. doi:10.2310/7750.2010.09033
              13. Engel GL. The clinical application of the biopsychosocial model. J Med Philos. 1981;6(2):101-123. doi:10.1093/jmp/6.2.101
              14. Tzioufas AG, Voulgarelis M. Update on Sjögren's syndrome autoimmune epithelitis: from classification to increased neoplasias. Best Pract Res Clin Rheumatol. 2007;21(6):989-1010. doi:10.1016/j.berh.2007.09.001
              15. Carsons SE, Patel BC. Sjogren Syndrome. In: StatPearls. Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing; November 2, 2021. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK431049/
              16. Valtýsdóttir ST, Gudbjörnsson B, Lindqvist U, Hällgren R, Hetta J. Anxiety and depression in patients with primary Sjögren's syndrome. J Rheumatol. 2000;27(1):165-169.
              17. Seror R, Bowman SJ, Brito-Zeron P, et al. EULAR Sjögren's syndrome disease activity index (ESSDAI): a user guide. RMD Open. 2015;1(1):e000022. Published 2015 Feb 20. doi:10.1136/rmdopen-2014-000022
              18. Seror R, Nocturne G, Mariette X. Current and future therapies for primary Sjögren syndrome. Nat Rev Rheumatol. 2021;17(8):475-486. doi:10.1038/s41584-021-00634-x
              19. Retamozo S, Baldini C, Bootsma H, et al. Therapeutic recommendations for the management of older adult patients with Sjögren's syndrome. Drugs Aging. 2021;38(4):265-284. doi:10.1007/s40266-021-00838-6
              20. Jonsson R. Disease mechanisms in Sjögren's syndrome: What do we know? Scand J Immunol. 2022;95(3):e13145. doi:10.1111/sji.13145
              21. Nocturne G, Mariette X. Advances in understanding the pathogenesis of primary Sjögren's syndrome. Nat Rev Rheumatol. 2013;9(9):544-556. doi:10.1038/nrrheum.2013.110
              22. Skarlis C, Raftopoulou S, Mavragani CP. Sjogren's syndrome: recent updates. J Clin Med. 2022;11(2):399. doi:10.3390/jcm11020399
              23. Cafaro G, Croia C, Argyropoulou OD, et al. One year in review 2019: Sjögren's syndrome. Clin Exp Rheumatol. 2019;37 Suppl 118(3):3-15.
              24. Evoxac [prescribing information]. Daiichi Pharmaceutical Co.; 2006. https://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/label/2006/020989s008lbl.pdf
              25. Paulsen AJ, Cruickshanks KJ, Fischer ME, et al. Dry eye in the beaver dam offspring study: prevalence, risk factors, and health-related quality of life. Am J Ophthalmol. 2014;157(4):799-806. doi:10.1016/j.ajo.2013.12.023
              26. Dang VT, Hoyle B. Autologous serum tears: an overlooked treatment for dry eye. Modern Optometry. July 2020. Accessed June 1, 2022. https://modernod.com/articles/2020-july-aug/autologous-serum-tears-an-overlooked-treatment-for-dry-eye?
              27. Pucker AD, Ng SM, Nichols JJ. Over the counter (OTC) artificial tear drops for dry eye syndrome. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2016;2:CD009729. doi:10.1002/14651858.CD009729.pub2
              28. Messmer EM. The pathophysiology, diagnosis, and treatment of dry eye disease. Dtsch Arztebl Int. 2015;112(5):71-82. doi:10.3238/arztebl.2015.0071
              29. Benzalkonium chloride (BAK). Not a Dry Eye. Accessed June 13, 2022. https://www.notadryeye.org/all-about-dry-eye-syndrome/treatments-for-dry-eye-syndrome-and-related-conditions/lubricating-eye-drops/glaucoma-eyedrops-a-fresh-look-at-preservatives/
              30. CFR—Code of Federal Regulations Title 21. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. Updated March 28, 2022. Accessed June 13, 2022. https://www.accessdata.fda.gov/scripts/cdrh/cfdocs/cfCFR/CFRSearch.cfm?CFRPart=349
              31. Horton M, Horton M, Reinhard E. Master the maze of artificial tears. Review of Optometry. November 20, 2018. Accessed June 13, 2022. https://www.reviewofoptometry.com/article/master-the-maze-of-artificial-tears
              32. Gupta PK, Asbell P, Sheppard J. Current and future pharmacological therapies for the management of dry eye. Eye Contact Lens. 2020;46 Suppl 2:S64-S69. doi:10.1097/ICL.0000000000000666
              33. Nocturne G, Pontarini E, Bombardieri M, Mariette X. Lymphomas complicating primary Sjögren's syndrome: from autoimmunity to lymphoma. Rheumatology (Oxford). 2019;60(8):3513-3521. doi:10.1093/rheumatology/kez052
              34. Dörner T, Posch MG, Li Y, et al. Treatment of primary Sjögren's syndrome with ianalumab (VAY736) targeting B cells by BAFF receptor blockade coupled with enhanced, antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity. Ann Rheum Dis. 2019;78(5):641-647. doi:10.1136/annrheumdis-2018-214720
              35. Dörner T, Bowman SJ, Fox R, et al. Ianalumab (VAY736), a dual mode of action biologic combining BAFF receptor inhibition with B cell depletion, reaches primary endpoint for treatment of primary Sjogren’s syndrome [abstract OP0302]. Ann Rheum Dis. 79(Suppl 1);187-188 (2020).
              36. Waldron J. Novartis gives up on anti-CD40 antibody to treat Sjögren's due to 'benefit/risk profile.' Fierce Biotech. January 31, 2025. Accessed July 14, 2025. https://www.fiercebiotech.com/biotech/novartis-gives-anti-cd40-antibody-treat-sjogrens-due-benefitrisk-profile
              37. Fatima T, Mirza A, Fatima F, et al. Frexalimab (SAR441344) as a potential multiautoimmune disorder tackling mAB targeting the CD40-CD40L pathway undergoing clinical trials: a review. Ann Med Surg (Lond). 2024;86(12):7305-7313. Published 2024 Nov 12. doi:10.1097/MS9.0000000000002745
              38. For the newly diagnosed. Sjogren’s Advocate. Updated June 10, 2022. Accessed June 13, 2022. https://www.sjogrensadvocate.com/newly-diagnosed
              39. So many choices…what drops are best for my dry eyes? Summit Eye Center. March 5, 2019. Accessed June 13, 2022. https://www.summiteyekc.com/blog/eye-drop-overload-at-the-pharmacy
              40. Evans K, Madden L. Recommended dry eye treatments in community pharmacy. The Pharmaceutical Journal. August 2, 2016. Accessed June 13, 2022. https://pharmaceutical-journal.com/article/ld/recommending-dry-eye-treatments-in-community-pharmacy
              41. Fiscella RG, Jensen MK. Ophthalmic disorders. In: Krinsky DL, Ferreri SP, Hemstreet BA, Hume AL, Newton GD, Rollins CJ, Tietze KJ, eds. Handbook of Nonprescription Drugs. 19th ed. Washington, DC: APhA Publications;2018:545-566.
              42. Wick JY. Sjogren’s syndrome: dry as a desert. Pharmacy Times. February 18, 2014. Accessed June 13, 2022. https://www.pharmacytimes.com/view/sjogrens-syndrome-dry-as-a-desert

              Vitamin K Antagonist Pharmacology, Pharmacotherapy and Pharmacogenomics 2025 Revision

              About this Course

              UConn has developed web-based continuing pharmacy education activities to enhance the practice of pharmacists and assist pharmacists in making sound clinical decisions to affect the outcome of anticoagulation therapy for the patients they serve. There are a total of 17.25 hours of CPE credit available. Successful completion of these 17.25 hours (13 activities) or equivalent training will prepare the pharmacist for the Anticoagulation Traineeship, which described below in the Additional Information Box.

              The activities below are available separately for $17/hr or as a bundle price of $199 for all 13 activities (17.25 hours). These are the pre-requisites for the anticoagulation traineeship. Any pharmacist who wishes to increase their knowledge of anticoagulation may take any of the programs below.

              When you are ready to submit quiz answers, go to the Blue "Take Test/Evaluation" Button.

              Target Audience

              Pharmacists who are interested in making sound clinical decisions to affect the outcome of anticoagulation therapy for the patients they serve.

              This activity is NOT accredited for technicians.

              Pharmacist Learning Objectives

              At the end of this application-based continuing education activity, the learner will be able to:

              -Describe the physiology and pharmacology of vitamin K antagonists
              -Identify key indications, contraindications, and adverse effects
              -Explain the impact of genetics on warfarin dosing
              -Examine anticoagulation needs in atrial fibrillation and valve disorders
              -Outline INR goals, monitoring strategies, and patient counseling points

              Release Date

              Released:  07/15/2025
              Expires:  07/15/2028

              Course Fee

              $17

              ACPE UAN

              ACPE #0009-0000-25-048-H01-P

              Session Code

              25AC48-WXT36

               

              Accreditation Hours

              1.0 hours of CE

              Bundle Options

              If desired, “bundle” pricing can be obtained by registering for the activities in groups. It consists of thirteen anticoagulation activities in our online selection.

              You may register for individual topics at $17/CE Credit Hour, or for the Entire Anticoagulation Pre-requisite Series.

              Pharmacist General Registration for 13 Anticoagulation Pre-requisite activities-(17.25 hours of CE)  $199.00

              In order to attend the 2-day Anticoagulation Traineeship, you must complete all of the Pre-requisite Series or the equivalent.

              Additional Information

              Anticoagulation Traineeship at the University of Connecticut Health Center, Farmington, CT

              The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy and The UConn Health Center Outpatient Anticoagulation Clinic have developed 2-day practice-based ACPE certificate continuing education activity for registered pharmacists and nurses who are interested in the clinical management of patients on anticoagulant therapy and/or who are looking to expand their practice to involve patient management of outpatient anticoagulation therapy. This traineeship will provide you with both the clinical and administrative aspects of a pharmacist-managed outpatient anticoagulation clinic. The activity features ample time to individualize your learning experience. A “Certificate of Completion” will be awarded upon successful completion of the traineeship.

              More Information About Traineeship

              Accreditation Statement

              ACPE logo

              The University of Connecticut, School of Pharmacy, is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.  Statements of credit for the online activity ACPE #0009-0000-25-048-H01-P will be awarded when the post test and evaluation have been completed and passed with a 70% or better. Your CE credits will be uploaded to your CPE monitor profile within 2 weeks of completion of the program.

              Grant Funding

              There is no grant funding for this activity.

              Requirements for Successful Completion

              To receive CE Credit go to Blue Button labeled "take Test/Evaluation" at the top of the page.

              Type in your NABP ID, DOB and the session code for the activity.  You were sent the session code in your confirmation email.

              Faculty

              Daniel Majerczyk Pharm.D., Ed.M., FCCP, BCPS, BC-ADM, CACP
              Associate Professor of Clinical Sciences
              Chair of Teaching and Academic Excellence
              Roosevelt University
              College of Science, Health and Pharmacy
              Schaumburg, IL

              Faculty Disclosure

              In accordance with the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education (ACPE) Criteria for Quality and Interpretive Guidelines, The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy requires that faculty disclose any relationship that the faculty may have with commercial entities whose products or services may be mentioned in the activity.

              Dr. Majerczyk has no relationships with an ineligible company and therefore has nothing to disclose.

              Disclaimer

              The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

              Program Content

              Program Handouts

              Post Test 

              View Questions for Vitamin K Antagonist Questions

              1. What is the primary mechanism by which warfarin exerts its anticoagulant effect?
              A. Inhibits thrombin directly
              B. Inhibits vitamin K epoxide reductase (VKOR)
              C. Inhibits platelet aggregation

              2. Which clotting factor is most rapidly affected by warfarin therapy due to its short half-life?
              A. Factor II (Prothrombin)
              B. Factor X
              C. Factor VII

              3. A patient on warfarin starts amiodarone. What is the most appropriate clinical action?
              A. Stop warfarin for 3 days
              B. Increase warfarin dose
              C. Monitor INR more frequently and adjust dose as needed

              4. What is the INR goal range for a patient with a mechanical mitral valve?
              A. 2.0–3.0
              B. 2.5–3.5
              C. 1.5–2.0

              5. Which of the following best explains why warfarin requires an overlap with heparin during initiation?
              A. Warfarin causes rapid bleeding initially
              B. Protein C is depleted before procoagulant factors
              C. Warfarin acts immediately on all clotting factors

              6. A consistent intake of which nutrient is essential for patients taking warfarin?
              A. Vitamin K
              B. Vitamin B
              C. Calcium

              7. What is the most appropriate INR goal for a patient being treated for a DVT with warfarin?
              A. 1.5–2.0
              B. 2.0–3.0
              C. 3.5–4.0

              8. Which patient would most appropriately be started on a lower initial warfarin dose (≤5 mg)?
              A. 25-year-old male with no comorbidities
              B. 70-year-old female with heart failure and liver disease
              C. 35-year-old woman with DVT and no medication interactions

              9. What is the main reason INR needs to be monitored frequently during the first few weeks of warfarin therapy?
              A. To detect liver toxicity
              B. Because INR can fluctuate as factor levels change
              C. To determine bone density

              10. What is a major advantage of the On-X mechanical aortic valve compared to other mechanical valves?
              A. It allows a lower INR goal
              B. It requires no anticoagulation
              C. It eliminates risk of thromboembolism

              Clinical Overview of Direct Oral Anticoagulants 2025 Revision

              About this Course

              UConn has developed web-based continuing pharmacy education activities to enhance the practice of pharmacists and assist pharmacists in making sound clinical decisions to affect the outcome of anticoagulation therapy for the patients they serve. There are a total of 17.25 hours of CPE credit available. Successful completion of these 17.25 hours (13 activities) or equivalent training will prepare the pharmacist for the Anticoagulation Traineeship, which described below in the Additional Information Box.

              The activities below are available separately for $17/hr or as a bundle price of $199 for all 13 activities (17.25 hours). These are the pre-requisites for the anticoagulation traineeship. Any pharmacist who wishes to increase their knowledge of anticoagulation may take any of the programs below.

              When you are ready to submit quiz answers, go to the Blue "Take Test/Evaluation" Button.

              Target Audience

              Pharmacists who are interested in making sound clinical decisions to affect the outcome of anticoagulation therapy for the patients they serve.

              This activity is NOT accredited for technicians.

              Pharmacist Learning Objectives

              At the completion of this activity, the participant will be able to:

              • Describe DOAC pharmacology and pharmacokinetics.
              • Identify an appropriate DOAC regimen based on DOAC indications, contraindications, and pharmacokinetics.
              • Identify important counseling points for DOACs.
              • Discuss special considerations for DOACs, including adherence, special populations, and transitioning between anticoagulants.

              Release Date

              Released:  07/15/2025
              Expires:  07/15/2028

              Course Fee

              $21.25

              ACPE UAN

              ACPE #0009-0000-25-040-H01-P

              Session Code

              25AC40-VXT88

               

              Accreditation Hours

              1.25 hours of CE

              Bundle Options

              If desired, “bundle” pricing can be obtained by registering for the activities in groups. It consists of thirteen anticoagulation activities in our online selection.

              You may register for individual topics at $17/CE Credit Hour, or for the Entire Anticoagulation Pre-requisite Series.

              Pharmacist General Registration for 13 Anticoagulation Pre-requisite activities-(17.25 hours of CE)  $199.00

              In order to attend the 2-day Anticoagulation Traineeship, you must complete all of the Pre-requisite Series or the equivalent.

              Additional Information

              Anticoagulation Traineeship at the University of Connecticut Health Center, Farmington, CT

              The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy and The UConn Health Center Outpatient Anticoagulation Clinic have developed 2-day practice-based ACPE certificate continuing education activity for registered pharmacists and nurses who are interested in the clinical management of patients on anticoagulant therapy and/or who are looking to expand their practice to involve patient management of outpatient anticoagulation therapy. This traineeship will provide you with both the clinical and administrative aspects of a pharmacist-managed outpatient anticoagulation clinic. The activity features ample time to individualize your learning experience. A “Certificate of Completion” will be awarded upon successful completion of the traineeship.

              More Information About Traineeship

              Accreditation Statement

              ACPE logo

              The University of Connecticut, School of Pharmacy, is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.  Statements of credit for the online activity ACPE #0009-0000-25-040-H01-P will be awarded when the post test and evaluation have been completed and passed with a 70% or better. Your CE credits will be uploaded to your CPE monitor profile within 2 weeks of completion of the program.

              Grant Funding

              There is no grant funding for this activity.

              Requirements for Successful Completion

              To receive CE Credit go to Blue Button labeled "take Test/Evaluation" at the top of the page.

              Type in your NABP ID, DOB and the session code for the activity.  You were sent the session code in your confirmation email.

              Faculty

              Michael White, Pharm.D., FCP, FCCP, FASHP
              Distinguished Professor and Chair, Pharmacy Practice
              UConn School of Pharmacy
              Storrs, CT

               

              Lyla White, PharmD Candidate 2026
              UConn School of Pharmacy
              Storrs, CT

              Faculty Disclosure

              In accordance with the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education (ACPE) Criteria for Quality and Interpretive Guidelines, The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy requires that faculty disclose any relationship that the faculty may have with commercial entities whose products or services may be mentioned in the activity.

              Dr. White and Ms. White have no relationships with ineligible companies and therefore have nothing to disclose.

              Disclaimer

              The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

              Program Content

              Program Handouts

              Post Test 

              View Questions for Clinical Overview of Direct Oral Anticoagulants 2025

              1. If a patient is undergoing a percutaneous coronary intervention and already taking rivaroxaban daily for atrial fibrillation, what are the recommendations for dual antiplatelet therapy (DAPT) and oral anticoagulant therapy?
              2. There is no need for any antiplatelet therapy in this situation because rivaroxaban is sufficient to cover the risks with less bleeding risk
              3. DAPT therapy + rivaroxaban for one month and then the P2Y12 inhibitor + rivaroxaban for 5 months and then just rivaroxaban thereafter
              4. DAPT therapy + rivaroxaban is needed for 6 months and then rivaroxaban can be stopped with just DAPT therapy continued thereafter

               

               

              1. Which of the following agents would be unable to satisfactorily reverse the effects of the anticoagulant to which is was linked when used with in cases of life threatening bleeds such as intercranial hemorrhage?
              2. Idarucizumab reverses dabigatran
              3. Andexanet alfa reverses apixaban
              4. Vitamin K reverses edoxaban

               

              1. A 47-year-old patient with recurrent venous thromboembolism has a creatinine clearance of 99 mL/min. Which of the following oral anticoagulants should be avoided?
              2. All anticoagulants can be used
              3. Edoxaban should not be used
              4. Rivaroxaban should not be used

               

              1. A 67-year-old patient is currently taking itraconazole, a potent CYP3A4 inhibitor, for a toenail infection and has four months of therapy left. You want to start an oral anticoagulant that is not a substrate for CYP3A4 to avoid an interaction. Which of the following anticoagulants could you use?
              2. Rivaroxaban
              3. Apixaban
              4. Dabigatran

               

               

              1. A 49-year-old patient has chronic GERD and takes a proton pump inhibitor daily and occasional antacids for acute heartburn. Which of the following oral anticoagulants is most likely to exacerbate the acid reflux and to have mild drug interactions with the patient’s current medicatio?
              2. Rivaroxaban
              3. Apixaban
              4. Dabigitran

               

               

              1. A 77-year-old patient needs to be switched from warfarin to apixaban. When would you counsel the patient to start the apixaban?
              2. When the INR falls below 2
              3. At the time the next dose of warfarin was scheduled
              4. 48 hours after the last dose of warfarin

               

              Laboratory Monitoring of Anticoagulation 2025 Revision

              About this Course

              UConn has developed web-based continuing pharmacy education activities to enhance the practice of pharmacists and assist pharmacists in making sound clinical decisions to affect the outcome of anticoagulation therapy for the patients they serve. There are a total of 17.25 hours of CPE credit available. Successful completion of these 17.25 hours (13 activities) or equivalent training will prepare the pharmacist for the Anticoagulation Traineeship, which described below in the Additional Information Box.

              The activities below are available separately for $17/hr or as a bundle price of $199 for all 13 activities (17.25 hours). These are the pre-requisites for the anticoagulation traineeship. Any pharmacist who wishes to increase their knowledge of anticoagulation may take any of the programs below.

              When you are ready to submit quiz answers, go to the Blue "Take Test/Evaluation" Button.

              Target Audience

              Pharmacists who are interested in making sound clinical decisions to affect the outcome of anticoagulation therapy for the patients they serve.

              This activity is NOT accredited for technicians.

              Pharmacist Learning Objectives

              At the completion of this activity, the participant will be able to:

              1. Explain the role of common laboratory tests used in monitoring of anticoagulation therapy.
              2. Identify an alternative to INR monitoring for warfarin therapy.
              3. Identify the clinical situations requiring Activated whole blood Clotting Time (ACT) and anti-factor Xa activity monitoring for unfractionated heparin.
              4. Discuss the technical differences between point of care testing and laboratory testing and the influence on patient care.

              Release Date

              Released:  07/15/2025
              Expires:  07/15/2028

              Course Fee

              $34

              ACPE UAN

              ACPE #0009-0000-25-039-H01-P

              Session Code

              25AC39-TXJ44

               

              Accreditation Hours

              2.0 hour of CE

              Bundle Options

              If desired, “bundle” pricing can be obtained by registering for the activities in groups. It consists of thirteen anticoagulation activities in our online selection.

              You may register for individual topics at $17/CE Credit Hour, or for the Entire Anticoagulation Pre-requisite Series.

              Pharmacist General Registration for 13 Anticoagulation Pre-requisite activities-(17.25 hours of CE)  $199.00

              In order to attend the 2-day Anticoagulation Traineeship, you must complete all of the Pre-requisite Series or the equivalent.

              Additional Information

              Anticoagulation Traineeship at the University of Connecticut Health Center, Farmington, CT

              The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy and The UConn Health Center Outpatient Anticoagulation Clinic have developed 2-day practice-based ACPE certificate continuing education activity for registered pharmacists and nurses who are interested in the clinical management of patients on anticoagulant therapy and/or who are looking to expand their practice to involve patient management of outpatient anticoagulation therapy. This traineeship will provide you with both the clinical and administrative aspects of a pharmacist-managed outpatient anticoagulation clinic. The activity features ample time to individualize your learning experience. A “Certificate of Completion” will be awarded upon successful completion of the traineeship.

              More Information About Traineeship

              Accreditation Statement

              ACPE logo

              The University of Connecticut, School of Pharmacy, is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.  Statements of credit for the online activity ACPE #0009-0000-25-039-H01-P will be awarded when the post test and evaluation have been completed and passed with a 70% or better. Your CE credits will be uploaded to your CPE monitor profile within 2 weeks of completion of the program.

              Grant Funding

              There is no grant funding for this activity.

              Requirements for Successful Completion

              To receive CE Credit go to Blue Button labeled "take Test/Evaluation" at the top of the page.

              Type in your NABP ID, DOB and the session code for the activity.  You were sent the session code in your confirmation email.

              Faculty

              Caitlin Raimo, PharmD Candidate 2026
              UConn School of Pharmacy
              Storrs, CT

              Jeannette Y. Wick, RPh, MBA, FASCP,
              Director, Office of Pharmacy Professional Development
              UConn School of Pharmacy
              Storrs, CT

              Faculty Disclosure

              In accordance with the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education (ACPE) Criteria for Quality and Interpretive Guidelines, The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy requires that faculty disclose any relationship that the faculty may have with commercial entities whose products or services may be mentioned in the activity.

              Ms. Wick and Ms. Raimo have no relationships with ineligible companies and therefore have nothing to disclose.

              Disclaimer

              The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

              Program Content

              INTRODUCTION

              This module of the UConn Anticoagulation Certificate Program discusses laboratory monitoring of various anticoagulants. It builds on previous modules and repeats some information. Repetition will help consolidate learning and perhaps stimulate thought.

               

              Coagulation Cascade

              To monitor anticoagulation therapy effectively, it’s essential to first understand the coagulation cascade. This process begins with two distinct pathways—the intrinsic and extrinsic pathways—which ultimately converge at a critical step.1 At that step,  Factor X is activated to Factor Xa. Factor Xa, along with Factor Va and calcium (Ca²⁺), then catalyzes the conversion of prothrombin (Factor II) into thrombin (Factor IIa). Thrombin plays a pivotal role by converting fibrinogen into fibrin, the key structural protein that crosslinks with platelets to form a stable clot.1

               

              Two of the most widely used laboratory tests for assessing coagulation function are2

              • activated partial thromboplastin time (aPTT) – primarily monitors the intrinsic pathway.
              • prothrombin time (PT) – primarily monitors the extrinsic pathway.

              By evaluating these tests, clinicians can assess both pathways’ functionality, making them valuable tools for screening coagulation disorders. These tests are particularly useful when investigating unexplained bleeding, as they help determine whether one or both pathways are impaired.

               

              Prothrombin Time

              PT measures the time it takes for plasma to clot after exposure to a tissue factor reagent. This test assesses both the extrinsic and common coagulation pathways. Laboratory and point-of-care machines detect clots using various methods, such as visual, optical, or electromechanical techniques, depending on the device. A normal PT range typically falls between nine and 13 seconds3; however, this range can vary significantly based on the laboratory equipment and reagents employed. Therefore, it is crucial to verify the normal range for a specific laboratory’s setup regularly to ensure accurate interpretation of results.4,5

               

              PT and INR Standardization

              The therapeutic level of vitamin K antagonists (VKA) is measured by PT and international normalized ratio (INR). The INR is a standardized ratio the World Health Organization (WHO) developed in the 1980s specifically for VKA monitoring, as PT varies greatly between laboratories.6 WHO’s goal was to allay the discrepancy in tissue factor (TF) activity between PT reagents to create a common scale that would display PT results consistently. The INR uses data and processes from the International Sensitivity Index (ISI), a WHO project that quantifies analyzers and individual PT reagents’ reactivity. In addition, each laboratory has its own geometric mean PT (MNPT), which laboratory staff calculate using is the average PT calculated from at least 20 normal donors of both sexes, tested on the same local analyzer and under the same test conditions as the patient’s PT. The formula for INR is INR = (patient’s PT/MNPT). A normal INR is usually in the range of 0.8 to 1.2.7,8

               

              Clinical Uses of PT/INR

              When patients present with unexplained bleeding, measuring the PT/INR can provide valuable insights. An elevated PT/INR suggests a potential issue within the patient’s coagulation system, indicating that something may be wrong.4,5 Conversely, if the PT is normal, healthcare providers may need to investigate alternative causes for the bleeding, as the coagulation factors may not be the source of the problem. Table 1 describes several important clinical applications for the PT and INR.4,5

               

              Table 1. Clinical Uses for the Prothrombin Time and International Normalized Ratio4,5
              Warfarin monitoring PT and INR are crucial for managing patients on warfarin therapy, as warfarin interferes with the synthesis of certain clotting factors, including factor II (prothrombin).
              General assessment of anticoagulation state These tests provide a general overview of a patient's anticoagulation status, helping clinicians determine if the anticoagulation therapy is effective.
              Assessment of liver disease and synthetic function The PT can also reflect the synthetic function of the liver, as the liver produces several clotting factors. Prolonged PT may indicate liver dysfunction.
              Diagnosing disseminated intravascular coagulation (DIC) An elevated PT/INR can serve as a diagnostic indicator for DIC, a serious condition characterized by widespread clotting and subsequent bleeding.
              ABBREVIATIONS: INR = International Normalized Ratio; PT = prothrombin time

               

              Factors That Prolong the PT/INR

              Several factors can influence PT/INR, complicating the monitoring of patients on warfarin therapy4,5,9:

              • Warfarin: The primary medication affecting PT/INR, warfarin requires careful monitoring to ensure that patients remain within the therapeutic range.
              • Other anticoagulant drugs: Direct oral anticoagulants (DOACs) and argatroban can impact PT/INR readings. For instance, transitioning a patient from argatroban to warfarin requires caution, as argatroban significantly increases INR measurements, potentially leading to misleading results.
              • Heparin and low molecular weight heparins (LMWH): Although traditional references indicate that these medications affect PT measurements, modern reagents, and laboratory techniques typically correct for this interference, making it less of a clinical concern.
              • Liver disease: The PT is a reliable indicator of both anticoagulation status and liver function. Patients with severe liver disease often present with elevated PT values due to impaired clotting factor synthesis.
              • Vitamin K deficiency: Poor dietary intake or nutritional issues can lead to vitamin K deficiency, resulting in elevated PT levels.
              • Coagulation factor deficiencies: Genetic disorders that reduce the production of specific coagulation factors can also manifest as elevated PT, even if they are not related to liver disease.
              • Antiphospholipid antibodies: The presence of these antibodies can influence PT measurements, adding another layer of complexity in monitoring anticoagulation.

              It is crucial to consider these factors when monitoring patients on warfarin therapy, as they can significantly affect PT/INR results beyond the effects of the medication itself.

               

              Understanding Warfarin Monitoring and Its Mechanism

              Warfarin inhibits the production of vitamin K-dependent coagulation factors, specifically Factors II, VII, IX, and X, along with proteins C and S. The INR is particularly effective for monitoring warfarin therapy because it directly measures Factors II, VII, and X.10

               

              Anticoagulation does not occur immediately upon achieving adequate warfarin serum levels. Instead, anticoagulation begins when the serum levels of affected coagulation factors decrease. Warfarin reduces the production of these factors rather than directly affecting them. The half-lives of these factors vary significantly11,12:

              • Factor VII has a short half-life of approximately three to six hours, causing it to decrease quickly.
              • Factor II (prothrombin) has a long half-life of about 24 to 48 hours (and up to 60 hours), making it the most significant factor in determining the time it takes for warfarin to become effective.

              This long half-life is why it takes a couple of days for warfarin to exert its full anticoagulant effect; the therapy is essentially waiting for Factor II levels to decrease adequately.

               

              Monitoring Warfarin Therapy: When and How Often?

              The frequency of monitoring may vary depending on whether the patient is treated in an inpatient or outpatient setting. In 2018, The Joint Commission published National Patient Safety Goals for anticoagulant therapy, highlighted below.13

               

              Baseline PT/INR Testing

              Before initiating warfarin therapy, obtaining a baseline PT/INR level is crucial. The Joint Commission mandates this step to ensure no underlying deficiencies in coagulation factors could affect future monitoring.13 Clinicians can order baseline testing on the day therapy starts or use a previous test, if the results are relevant. For stable patients, a result from a month or two ago may suffice. However, if the patient has fluctuating liver function or other issues, the baseline should be determined from a more recent test.13

               

              Monitoring Schedule After Initiating Warfarin

              After establishing the baseline, the timing for subsequent INR testing is essential. Testing the INR the day after the first dose of warfarin may not provide significant insights since coagulation factors usually take at least two days to decrease.11,13 In rare cases, if a higher-than-expected dose is administered, especially in elderly patients with comorbidities and drug interactions, a noticeable increase in INR might occur within the first day or two. However, routine daily testing is typically unnecessary.

               

              Generally, clinicians don't see significant changes until day three after starting therapy.12 Warfarin’s full effects are usually evident within five to seven days.12

               

              For stable patients, there’s some debate regarding the frequency of testing. Typically, unstable patients may need testing every few days to once a week.12 Clinicians can monitor stable patients less frequently, often every four weeks or, in some cases, even every 12 weeks. Other modules will discuss lengthening the testing interval.12

               

              PAUSE AND PONDER: What alternative methods can we use to monitor warfarin therapy without relying on PT/INR?

               

              The alternative method for monitoring warfarin therapy in patients with antiphospholipid antibody syndrome is to measure Factor II or Factor X activity levels.14 (In other patients, measuring these indices may confirm pharmcodynamic issues.) While the PT/INR tests provide a broad assessment of coagulation factors affected by warfarin, monitoring just one of these factors can be sufficient.14 Ordering a factor level test is typically straightforward, similar to any other blood test. However, it’s important for clinicians to ensure that the lab understands that a Factor X activity level, not an anti-Factor Xa level, is needed. These are different tests altogether.

               

              Factor activity levels are reported as a percentage of normal, indicating how much the factor has decreased compared to a healthy individual. For instance, a Factor X level between 24% and 45% of normal correlates with an INR of 2-3.15-17 This approach allows continuous monitoring of these patients without relying on INR, which may be unreliable due to the interference caused by their condition. The module on challenging topics covers this subject in more depth.18

               

              Activated Partial Thromboplastin Time

              The aPTT, or simply PTT, is a test that measures the time it takes for plasma to clot after exposure to a reagent, but importantly, it does not use tissue factor. The aPTT specifically assesses the intrinsic pathway down to the common pathway.4,5

               

              Normal Ranges and Variability

              The normal range for aPTT is highly dependent on the laboratory equipment and reagents used, similar to PT testing. However, unlike PT, there is no standardization mechanism like the INR to correct aPTT results. Each laboratory, along with its reagents and testing equipment, will have its own normal values, generally falling between 25 to 35 seconds.19

               

              Additionally, the behavior of aPTT results can vary significantly; for example, as heparin is administered, the aPTT will increase over time.19 This response can differ between labs and within the same lab if they change reagent companies or reagent lot numbers. Therefore, continuous testing and calibration are essential to ensure accuracy in aPTT results.

               

              Establishing aPTT Therapeutic Range for Heparin Monitoring

              Given the variability in aPTT testing, it is crucial to ensure that the therapeutic range for heparin is accurately established based on the specific reagents and tests being used. Each laboratory must perform a correlation whenever it introduces new equipment or switches reagent lot numbers.

               

              Guidelines for Establishing PTT Range

              Laboratories must adapt the PTT range based on the responsiveness of the reagent and the coagulometer in use.20,21 The recommended approach is as follows:

              • Select a therapeutic PTT range: This range should correlate with a heparin level of 0.3 to 0.7 units.
              • Sample collection: Collect blood samples from patients receiving heparin therapy.
              • Testing with anti-Factor Xa: Measure the heparin levels in the blood using an anti-Factor Xa test.
              • Regression analysis: Conduct a regression analysis to determine the appropriate PTT range that corresponds to the established therapeutic range for your heparin protocol.

              This process ensures that the PTT monitoring accurately reflects heparin’s therapeutic effect, thereby enhancing patient safety and treatment efficacy.

               

              Interpreting Regression Analysis for Heparin Monitoring

              Figure 1. Regression Analysis for Heparin Monitoring22

              Figure 1 illustrates a regression analysis used to establish the therapeutic range for heparin monitoring. In this analysis, researchers evaluated a cohort of patients to determine their PTT values in relation to their anti-Factor Xa heparin levels. By plotting this data on a graph and drawing reference lines, the laboratory defined the appropriate PTT therapeutic range for its heparin protocols. In this cohort, the therapeutic PTT range appeared to be approximately 60 to 120 seconds, represented by the horizontal lines that correspond to heparin levels of 0.3 to 0.7 units.22

               

              However, as highlighted in the circled areas, clusters of patients experienced significant variability 22:

              • Supra-therapeutic patients: The group in the upper right corner appeared to have PTT values within the therapeutic range but were actually supra-therapeutic with respect to their heparin levels.
              • Sub-therapeutic patients: Conversely, the circled group in the middle had PTT values indicating they were slightly sub-therapeutic, even though their actual heparin levels were adequate.

              This variability can lead to unnecessary dose adjustments, as some patients may be treated for perceived under-dosing although their anticoagulation therapy is effective.

               

              The take-home message is clear: interpatient variability and the differences in testing methods necessitate continuous adjustments to the therapeutic range for heparin protocols. Each time a laboratory receives a new reagent lot or changes equipment it must re-evaluate and adjust the therapeutic range accordingly to ensure optimal patient care.22

               

              Clinical Uses of aPTT

              Table 3 demonstrates how the aPTT test serves several important clinical functions.

              Table 3. Clinical Uses of the aPTT4,5
              Indication Clinical Pearls
              Monitoring heparin therapy Therapeutic ranges are typically established at 1.5 to 2.5 times the control value of the PTT. However, the most accurate method for determining this range is through regression analysis, as recommended by the CHEST guidelines and other major medical organizations.
              Monitoring direct thrombin inhibitors (DTIs) aPTT can also be used to monitor patients receiving injectable DTIs (i.e., argatroban)
              General assessment of anticoagulation status aPTT serves as a general screening tool to assess the overall state of the coagulation system.
              Diagnosing DIC
              ABBREVIATIONS: aPTT = activated partial thromboplastin time; DIC = disseminated intravascular coagulation; DTI = direct thrombin inhibitors

               

              Factors That Prolong aPTT

              Several factors can lead to an elevated aPTT23:

              • Heparin and DTIs are well-known for prolonging the aPTT due to their mechanisms of action within the coagulation cascade.
              • DOACs can prolong the aPTT, but this test is not reliable for monitoring these agents.
              • Liver disease can serve as a general marker for coagulation status and may prolong the aPTT.
              • Specific factor deficiencies, such as hemophilia A or B, where specific coagulation factors are deficient, will result in prolonged aPTT.
              • Antiphospholipid antibodies can interfere with coagulation testing, leading to aPTT prolongation. Although the impact on aPTT is not as significant as on INR, patients with antiphospholipid syndrome may still experience coagulation issues.

              Understanding these factors is crucial for interpreting aPTT results accurately and making informed decisions regarding patient management.

               

              THROMBIN TIME OVERVIEW

              Thrombin time (TT) is a laboratory test that measures the time it takes for fibrinogen to convert to fibrin,24 marking the final step in the coagulation cascade. Unlike other coagulation tests, TT specifically focuses on this critical transition, which results in clot formation. The normal range for TT typically falls between 14 to 19 seconds. However, this can vary depending on the specific laboratory equipment and reagents used. As with the other tests, the TT is highly dependent on the specific methods and instruments employed in the laboratory.24

               

              Clinical Uses of TT

              TT is not commonly used as a broad screening tool due to its specificity to the final step of coagulation. However, Table 4 lists the clinical situations in which it is invaluable.

               

              Table 4. Situations in which TT is Invaluable24
              Situation Notes
              Evaluation of fibrinogen disorders

               

              Abnormalities in the conversion of fibrinogen to fibrin this process can indicate issues with fibrinogen production or functionality. Abnormal TT results may indicate disorders that affect fibrinogen levels or structure.
              Detection of heparin If there is uncertainty about whether a plasma sample has been contaminated with heparin, TT can definitively confirm its presence. This is especially useful in situations where other tests may be inconclusive.
              Diagnosis of DIC

               

              In cases of DIC involving excessive clotting and subsequent bleeding, abnormalities in fibrinogen levels and conversion can be detected through prolonged TT.
              ABBREVIATIONS: DIC = disseminated intravascular coagulation; TT = thrombin time

               

              Although TT is a valuable test for specific conditions, it is not typically used as a general screening test for coagulation disorders.24 Since it measures only the final step of the coagulation process, it does not provide comprehensive insight into earlier steps in the cascade. Therefore, its use is generally reserved for diagnosing issues directly related to fibrinogen conversion, such as inherited fibrinogen disorders, heparin contamination, or DIC.24

               

              ACTIVATED WHOLE BLOOD CLOTTING TIME

              The activated whole blood clotting time (ACT) is a laboratory test used to assess the time it takes for whole blood to clot when exposed to a reagent that activates the intrinsic pathway of coagulation.25 Unlike other coagulation tests that use plasma samples, ACT measures the clotting time of whole blood, making it unique in this regard. The normal range for ACT typically falls between 70 and 120 seconds, although the time can vary depending on the specific laboratory equipment, reagents, and protocols used. As with other coagulation tests, the normal range is highly dependent on the testing environment.25

               

              Clinical Uses of ACT

              ACT is primarily used in clinical settings where large doses of heparin are administered, such as during procedures in a cardiac catheterization lab (Cath Lab) or during cardiopulmonary bypass. Table 5 explains these uses in more detail. It is a quicker, more reliable alternative to other coagulation tests, particularly when measuring the effects of high doses of heparin.

               

              Table 5. Clinical Uses for the Activated Whole Blood Clotting Time25
              Monitoring heparin during large doses Heparin is commonly used to prevent clotting during invasive procedures, and in the Cath Lab. Regular heparin infusions usually involve a bolus dose of around 80 units/kg. However, in the Cath Lab, the heparin dose can range from 300 to 400 units/kg. Under these conditions, other coagulation tests, such as the PTT, would become excessively prolonged and would be unreliable.
              Bedside use in cardiac procedures One advantage of ACT is quick bedside results for cardiac procedures that require real-time monitoring of anticoagulation. Healthcare providers can adjust heparin administration if needed during critical procedures.
              Cardiopulmonary bypass (i.e., open-heart surgery) Heparin is used to prevent clotting in the bypass machine. In these cases, the therapeutic range for ACT is generally above 480 seconds to ensure proper anticoagulation. For less invasive procedures like cardiac catheterization, the target range is typically 300 to 350 seconds.
              ABBREVIATIONS: ACT = activated whole blood clotting time

               

              While ACT is an essential test in certain high-risk procedures, it is not routinely used for general anticoagulation monitoring.25 It is most valuable in settings where high doses of heparin are required, and where quick, real-time results are crucial. Additionally, the normal therapeutic ranges for ACT vary based on the specific procedure being conducted, and so results must be interpreted within the context of the clinical setting.25

               

              PRACTICE PATIENT CASE

              A 41-year-old pregnant woman carrying twins is admitted for a DVT. She begins treatment with a heparin drip at 80 units/kg bolus, followed by an 18 units/kg/hour infusion. Over time, her infusion rate is adjusted to approximately 2000 units/hour, which equates to 25.7 units/kg/hour, a relatively high heparin dose. Despite seeming to be in a therapeutic range, she develops gross hematuria, and her hemoglobin drops from 10.4 to 7.9 over four days. Given these complications, the medical team is concerned about why she requires such a large heparin infusion and whether the rate should be reduced.

               

              Key Questions to Ask

              1. Is the patient's weight correct? The first thing to check is whether the patient’s weight was accurately recorded on the scale and entered into the infusion pump. This ensures the proper amount of heparin is being delivered based on her body mass. If the weight was incorrect, it could explain why she is receiving an excessive amount of heparin.
              2. Was the infusion rate correctly calculated? It's crucial to verify that the infusion rate calculation was accurate. Errors in dosage calculations can lead to the patient receiving more heparin than intended, potentially contributing to bleeding complications like the one seen in this case.
              3. Is the patient’s lab work accurate and correctly matched? Mislabeling or mixing up lab work can lead to incorrect patient data being used, which could explain why the infusion rate appears to be appropriate when it is actually too high. Checking that the lab results are from the correct patient is essential.

               

              Testing for Heparin Levels

              If the above factors are ruled out and the patient's weight, infusion calculations, and lab results all appear correct, testing the anti-factor Xa level is the next logical step. This test measures the level of heparin activity in the blood and provides a more reliable measure of anticoagulation than other tests like the PTT, which can be influenced by various patient-specific factors.

              • Anti-factor Xa level: This test would reveal the true extent of heparin activity in the bloodstream. The patient's remarkably elevated anti-Xa levels indicate that she has a high amount of heparin in her system, far beyond what would be expected based on the current infusion rate. This suggests heparin resistance.

               

              Management and Resolution

              Upon discovering the elevated anti-Xa levels, the infusion rate was adjusted down to 1500 units/hour, which is closer to typical dosing for patients of this clinical presentation. Following this adjustment, the patient's symptoms resolved, and she was no longer experiencing the bleeding complications associated with excessive heparin.

               

              This case illustrates the importance of monitoring heparin therapy and being aware of heparin resistance. Even though the patient was receiving what seemed to be a therapeutic dose of heparin, the excessive infusion led to bleeding complications. By testing anti-factor Xa levels, the underlying issue was identified and treated. This highlights the need for accurate dosing calculations, laboratory testing to monitor heparin levels, and consideration of heparin resistance in patients who require unusually high doses of the drug to achieve anticoagulation.

               

              HEPARIN RESISTANCE AND APPARENT HEPARIN RESISTANCE

              Heparin resistance can be categorized into two types: true resistance and apparent resistance.20 Understanding the differences between these is crucial for diagnosing and managing patients who require unusually high doses of heparin, as was the case with the 41-year-old pregnant patient.

               

              True Heparin Resistance

              In true heparin resistance, the patient does not respond to heparin despite receiving therapeutic or even higher-than-expected doses.26 This can happen due to several pharmacokinetic or pharmacodynamic factors, including26

              • Increased heparin clearance: The patient's body may metabolize heparin faster than expected, requiring higher doses to maintain therapeutic anticoagulation.
              • Increased heparin-binding proteins: Some patients have elevated levels of plasma proteins that bind to heparin, effectively reducing the amount of free, active heparin available to exert its anticoagulant effect.
              • Altered volume of distribution: Changes in the patient's body composition, such as a higher volume of distribution, can affect how heparin is distributed throughout the body, requiring higher doses to achieve the desired effect.

              These factors contribute to the need for much higher doses of heparin to achieve the expected anticoagulant effect, making it a true form of resistance to the drug.

               

              Apparent Heparin Resistance

              In contrast, apparent heparin resistance refers to a situation where the patient appears to require more heparin than expected, but the issue is not due to pharmacokinetic resistance.26 In the case of apparent heparin resistance, the PTT does not accurately reflect the patient's anticoagulant status. For example, elevated levels of coagulation factors like Factor VIII can lead to a falsely short PTT, suggesting that the patient is adequately anticoagulated when, in reality, they may require higher doses of heparin to achieve the correct therapeutic effect. This condition can make it difficult to assess the patient's true anticoagulation status, which can lead to the overuse of heparin and the risk of bleeding complications.26

               

              ANTI-FACTOR Xa TEST

              The anti-factor Xa test is an important when using drugs like heparin, enoxaparin, and dalteparin. Unlike clotting tests like the PTT, the anti-factor Xa test does not measure clotting time. It is a functional test that quantifies the enzymatic activity involved in coagulation. The test is often referred to as chromogenic anti-factor Xa because it involves a color change as a result of the chemical reaction between the reagent and the substance being tested.4,5

               

              The chromogenic test measures the activity level of Factor Xa, which is essential for blood clotting. In the presence of a specific anticoagulant (such as heparin), the test measures the inhibition of Factor Xa activity. 4,5 The results are reported in units/mL (e.g., units of heparin per mL), which indicates the concentration of the anticoagulant drug in the patient’s blood. The normal range for this test is 0, meaning if there's no drug present, there’s no activity detected, and the test result is zero.4,5

               

              Clinical Uses of Anti-Factor Xa Testing

              A primary uses of anti-factor Xa is to monitor heparin therapy, especially in institutions where heparin infusions are used for anticoagulation.20 This test has become more commonly used than PTT for monitoring heparin therapy due to its simplicity and lack of interference from factors like factor XIII levels or warfarin. Anti-factor Xa can also be used to monitor LMWHs (e.g., enoxaparin and dalteparin) and fondaparinux, although the calibration curves for these drugs are different. Each drug may have its own specific calibration and the lab will need to adjust accordingly. Some oral anticoagulants, such as direct factor Xa inhibitors (e.g., apixaban, rivaroxaban), can affect coagulation assays. To quantify their activity rapidly and accurately, anti-factor Xa testing must be calibrated specifically to the DOAC being assessed.27

               

              Advantages of anti-factor Xa for monitoring heparin include28

              • Less interference: Unlike the PTT test, which can be influenced by many factors (e.g., factor XIII levels, warfarin therapy), the anti-factor Xa test is more specific and free from interference, providing a more reliable result.
              • No calibration issues: Since anti-factor Xa directly measures drug concentration, there’s no need for recalibration each time new reagent lots are used, unlike with PTT testing. The therapeutic range for heparin is consistently set at 0.3 to 0.7 units per mL, which simplifies monitoring.
              • Improved accuracy: The anti-factor Xa test provides a more accurate assessment of heparin levels, reducing the chance of over- or under-dosing, which can lead to complications like bleeding or thrombosis. This accuracy reduces the frequency of dosage adjustments and the associated risk of error.
              • Less frequent retesting: Because there’s less need for frequent adjustments in dosing, patients may require fewer tests, which reduces laboratory workload and improves overall patient care.

               

              Anti-factor Xa Testing for LMWHs and Fondaparinux

              The use of anti-factor Xa testing for LMWHs like enoxaparin and dalteparin, and fondaparinux, has been an area of ongoing discussion. While it is not universally required for all patients on these medications, testing can provide valuable information and improve patient safety in specific situations.29

               

              In patients who are extremely obese or very small (i.e., children), the pharmacokinetics of LMWHs can be unpredictable.30 These patients may have altered drug clearance or distribution, meaning they may handle the drug differently than expected based on weight alone. In these cases, testing can ensure that the drug is working effectively and that the patient is within a therapeutic range.29

               

              Renal dysfunction is another consideration.29 Patients with impaired renal function may not clear LMWH or fondaparinux as efficiently, leading to drug accumulation and potentially dangerous levels in the bloodstream. Testing anti-factor Xa levels in these patients helps assess if their drug concentrations are within a safe therapeutic window.29

               

              Pregnancy introduces significant pharmacokinetic changes that can affect how LMWH are metabolized.29 These changes are especially pronounced in the third trimester, as women experience substantial physiological shifts, including weight gain, blood volume changes, and increased renal clearance. Regular anti-factor Xa testing during pregnancy, especially in the third trimester, ensures that dosing adjustments are appropriate to maintain effective venous thrombosis prevention without putting the patient at risk of bleeding.29

               

              Prior to surgery, particularly when patients have been on LMWH or fondaparinux, there is a concern about the drug's clearance from the system.32 While guidelines generally recommend holding the dose for about 24 hours before surgery, anti-factor Xa testing can be particularly useful in emergent situations or when there is uncertainty about the drug's clearance. In these cases, testing can provide additional reassurance that the anticoagulant effect has sufficiently diminished before surgical intervention.

               

              Anti-factor Xa Testing for Direct Factor Xa Inhibitors

              Routine monitoring of DOAC concentrations is not necessary in standard clinical practice due to their predictable pharmacokinetics and wide therapeutic windows. However, in emergent situations, such as active bleeding, urgent surgical intervention, suspected overdose, or impaired renal function, assessment of anticoagulant activity may be warranted to guide clinical decision-making and ensure patient safety.

               

              In these cases, chromogenic anti-factor Xa assays can be used to measure the anticoagulant effect of factor Xa inhibitors (e.g., apixaban, rivaroxaban, edoxaban). These assays are available in many hospital and reference laboratory settings and can provide relatively rapid and quantitative estimations of drug levels, provided they are calibrated specifically to the DOAC in question. While not universally available, when accessible and properly calibrated, they serve as a valuable tool for managing complex or high-risk situations involving DOAC therapy.32

               

              COAGULATION FACTOR ACTIVITY TESTING

              Coagulation factor activity testing is a straightforward, valuable method for evaluating various factors involved in the coagulation cascade.4,5 This test is especially useful in diagnosing factor deficiencies or other coagulation abnormalities. The most common reason for performing coagulation factor activity testing is to diagnose hereditary bleeding disorders caused by deficiencies in one or more coagulation factors. These include hemophilia A (a Factor VIII deficiency) and hemophilia B (a Factor IX deficiency). This testing may identify other rarer factor deficiencies that could result in bleeding problems.4,5

               

              While INR is most commonly used for warfarin monitoring, coagulation factor activity testing can be employed as an alternative method. This might be necessary in cases where INR results are unreliable or not available, or when more specific information about the patient’s coagulation status is needed.

               

              D-DIMER TEST

              D-dimer is a protein fragment produced when plasmin breaks down fibrin, a major component of blood clots.33 This process occurs during fibrinolysis. In simple terms, when a blood clot forms and then begins to dissolve, D-dimer is released into the bloodstream. The normal range for D-dimer levels can vary depending on the method of testing (whole-blood agglutination assays, ELISA [enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay], or latex immunoagglutination method) and each test manufacturer establishes the normal range and different assay manufacturers use different units (e.g., ng/mL, mcg/mL). Laboratories frequently report the results in units other than those recommended by the assay manufacturer.24,34

               

              D-dimer testing is most commonly used as a screening tool to help rule out the presence of active thrombotic activity, such as a DVT or a pulmonary embolism (PE).33 For example, clinicians may order a D-dimer test for a patient presenting with calf pain in the emergency department. If the test comes back with normal D-dimer levels, it essentially rules out an active DVT or PE without needing further, more invasive testing like ultrasound.33

               

              In patients who have experienced a previous thrombotic event (e.g., DVT or PE), D-dimer testing can help determine whether ongoing anticoagulation therapy is needed. Elevated D-dimer levels approximately one month after the acute event might suggest an increased risk of recurrence, and the patient may need to continue anticoagulation therapy for a longer period.33-36 Conversely, normal D-dimer levels can suggest the risk of recurrence is low, and the patient may be safely transitioned off anticoagulation therapy, depending on other clinical factors.35,36

               

              PRACTICE PATIENT CASE

              Joyce has been on warfarin and has maintained a therapeutic INR range for the past six weeks. She comes into your outpatient anticoagulation clinic, and reports no changes to her diet, exercise, or overall health. Her POC test result on your clinic’s machine shows an INR of 4.7. Following clinic policy, you send Joyce to the lab for venipuncture to confirm this critical value. After a couple of hours, the lab result comes back with an INR of 3.2. Now, you're in a bit of a dilemma. You inform Joyce of the new lab result, and she asks why there's a discrepancy, what test she should trust, and why the POC result isn’t aligning.

               

              What to Communicate with the Patient

              Despite advances, we have been unable to fully standardize INR testing across different methods. The fact that two testing methods yield different results does not automatically mean that one is correct and the other is incorrect; both could be slightly inaccurate. In medical testing, there are distinctions between accuracy, reliability, and repeatability, all of which contribute to overall test validity. Repeatability—how consistently a test produces the same result—is an important factor in assessing reliability.

               

              The medical community and laboratory testing guidelines generally accept that a difference of 0.5 INR units between two different testing methods is reasonable. However, in clinical practice, a 0.5 INR difference can be significant.37 When managing warfarin therapy, such a discrepancy might mean the difference between adjusting a patient’s dose or keeping it the same, which adds to the complexity of interpreting INR results.

               

              Ultimately, when discussing test discrepancies with patients, it's essential to reassure them that variability is expected and that INR management is based on trends rather than single data points. Clinical judgment, alongside repeat testing when necessary, helps ensure that anticoagulation therapy remains both safe and effective.

               

              POINT OF CARE TESTING

              Point of care testing (POCT) refers to the use of small, often handheld devices to perform diagnostic tests outside of a traditional laboratory. One of its earliest applications was INR testing, allowing INR measurements to be performed at the bedside or in outpatient settings.

               

              POCT’s advantages include38

              • Rapid turnaround time: INR results, for example, can be obtained in about a minute, whereas lab testing takes significantly longer.
              • Home testing capability: Patients can monitor their INR levels at home, improving convenience and adherence.
              • Ease of use: POCT devices are designed for simple operation, making them accessible for both healthcare providers and patients.

               

              POCT also has some disadvantages.39 POCT devices tend to be expensive, both in terms of initial purchase and per-test cost compared to traditional lab testing. In addition, each device has specific testing guidelines. These may include temperature sensitivity, hematocrit limitations, and other operational constraints. However, for the majority of patients, these devices function effectively without issues.39

               

              Understanding INR Result Discrepancies

              Result variability issue has long been recognized, which is why the WHO introduced the INR system to standardize results across different testing methods. However, even with standardization, variation still exists because different thromboplastin reagents are used in different testing systems.

               

              One key limitation is that thromboplastins are only standardized for their International Sensitivity Index (ISI) up to an INR of approximately 4.0—4.5. Beyond this range, variability between testing methods increases significantly. This means that INR values above 4.5—whether measured by a POC device or a lab test—become less precise.40 For example, all healthcare clinicians should interpret an INR of 5.0, 6.0, or 7.0 with caution, as these values are more of an estimation than an exact measurement.

               

              Device Correlation Testing

              When comparing INR results from different testing methods, we essentially perform correlation testing. This process assesses how well two testing methods align by analyzing multiple samples side by side and plotting the results on a correlation graph. Studies commonly use this approach, where investigators compare two or more devices by testing the same samples simultaneously and then measuring how closely the results match. A strong correlation, often above 90%, suggests that the methods are generally in agreement. However, these studies rarely explain the inconsistencies visible in the data.

               

              Correlation testing does not determine whether one method is "right" or "wrong"; it simply tells us how similar or different the results are between two methods. There is no true gold standard for INR measurement. No single test can definitively provide the "correct" INR. Many assume that the laboratory venipuncture method is the gold standard simply because it has been used the longest and is more complex. Recent studies have generally found that both methods tend to be accurate provided the testing devices are well-maintained and calibrated.41-43

               

              Pre-analytical errors in INR testing occur before the test is even run, affecting both POC and venipuncture testing methods. Pre-analytical errors can introduce variability into the results, making it harder to interpret the patient’s true anticoagulation status. Table 6 explains these errors in more detail.

               

              Table 6. Pre-Analytical Errors in INR Testing44
              POC Error

              Squeezing finger too hard

              Too much time between lancing and applying blood to the test strip

              Improper storage of test strip

              Venipuncture Error

              Under/over-filling the collecting tube

              Low HGB/HCT

              Device not calibrated appropriately

              ABBREVIATIONS: HCG/HCT = hemoglobin/hematocrit; INR = International Normalized Ratio; POC = point of care

               

              Understanding pre-analytical errors highlights how both POC and venipuncture tests are susceptible to variability—even before testing begins. Recognizing these potential issues reinforces the need to interpret INR results cautiously, especially when discrepancies arise between testing methods. Proper sample collection techniques, equipment calibration, and awareness of external factors all play vital roles in producing accurate and reliable test results.

               

              Evidence Supporting the Accuracy of POC INR Testing

              How do we know that POC INR devices are reliable? The answer lies in extensive clinical evidence. Numerous large-scale clinical trials have demonstrated that these devices provide accurate and effective INR monitoring, leading to positive patient outcomes. In fact, some of the most significant trials in anticoagulation therapy—such as ARISTOTLE (for apixaban)45 and ROCKET AF (for rivaroxaban)30,31—used POC devices to monitor patients taking warfarin. These studies achieved excellent results, showing effective stroke prevention with low bleeding risks, reinforcing confidence in the reliability of POC INR testing.

               

              Key Takeaways

              POC devices are clinically validated. They have been used in major anticoagulation trials and have consistently produced reliable results. When clinicians receive an unexpected out-of-range INR, they must consider all possible factors:

              • Could a pre-analytical error be affecting the test?
              • Did the patient take an over-the-counter medication that interacted with warfarin?
              • Is there an adherence issue that the patient forgot to mention?

               

              Single abnormal results are no reason to panic. If the result seems inconsistent with the patient’s history and condition, a simple retest may be the best approach rather than immediately adjusting therapy.

               

              ORAL ANTICOAGULATION

              DOACs do not require routine monitoring due to their predictable pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics. However, laboratory testing can be useful in urgent situations to determine if the drug is still in the system. Table 7 lists the standard laboratory tests that can be used to monitor these anticoagulation agents.

               

              Table 7. Laboratory Testing for DOACs46
              Coagulometric Method(s) Chromogenic Method(s)
              Dabigatran DTT, ECT ECA, Anti-FIIa
              Apixaban Anti-FXa calibrated with apixaban
              Rivaroxaban Anti-FXa calibrated with rivaroxaban
              Edoxaban Anti-FXa calibrated with edoxaban
              ABBREVIATIONS: DOACs = direct oral anticoagulants; DTT: dilute thrombin time; ECT: ecarin clotting time; ECA: ecarin chromogenic assay

               

              Liquid Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry

              Liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry (LC-MS) is considered the gold standard for measuring direct oral anticoagulants (DOACs) due to its high specificity, sensitivity, selectivity, and reproducibility.27 However, its use is limited in routine practice because of the complexity and labor-intensive nature of the method. LC-MS requires expensive equipment and highly trained personnel to perform the test correctly. As a result, while not routinely used in clinical practice, LC-MS serves as the reference method against which other testing methods are compared to assess their accuracy.27

               

              Laboratory Testing for Dabigatran

              Dilute Thrombin Time

              Dilute thrombin time (DTT) is a coagulometric method specifically designed to measure the concentration of dabigatran.47 It is a modification of the standard TT, which is extremely sensitive to dabigatran and often becomes excessively prolonged. By using a diluted thrombin reagent, DTT establishes a linear relationship between dabigatran concentration and clotting time, allowing for more accurate and quantitative assessment of the drug's anticoagulant activity. LC-MS is extensively used for research and clinical trials, but it cannot be used in routine conditions for rapid testing in laboratories.

               

              Ecarin Clotting Time

              The Ecarin Clotting Time (ECT) is a highly sensitive qualitative test where clotting time is directly related to dabigatran concentrations.48 In this assay, ecarin, a metalloprotease enzyme derived from the venom of Echis carinatus (the saw-scaled viper), is added to the plasma sample. Ecarin converts prothrombin to meizothrombin, an intermediate that promotes clotting. In the presence of dabigatran, however, the conversion of prothrombin is inhibited, resulting in a prolonged clotting time.48

               

              The ECT has a linear dose-response relationship and can be used to measure dabigatran levels within the therapeutic range. Due to its simplicity, the ECT can be automated for use with modern coagulation analyzers, although performance verification is required for accuracy.48

               

              While the ECT is primarily a research tool with limited clinical availability in the United States, the development of commercial kits could potentially improve its practicality. However, these kits have not been fully standardized or validated for dabigatran, and thus their use may be problematic.48

               

              It is important to note that low prothrombin levels or hypofibrinogenemia can lead to falsely elevated clotting times that are disproportionate to dabigatran or other DTI concentrations. For these reasons, the ECT is not recommended for emergency monitoring of anticoagulant effects, despite its inclusion in some prescribing information.

               

              Ecarin Chromogenic Assay

              The Ecarin Chromogenic Assay (ECA) is a quantitative coagulometric test specifically designed to assess the concentration of dabigatran, a DTI.48 Unlike some other coagulation tests, the ECA is not influenced by levels of prothrombin or fibrinogen, which can cause inaccurate results in other assays. This makes the ECA particularly useful in clinical situations where these factors may be variable, such as in patients with coagulopathies or low fibrinogen levels. The linear dose-response relationship between dabigatran concentration and clotting time allows the ECA to provide precise, quantitative measurement across the therapeutic range.48

               

              Although the ECA is a reliable method for assessing dabigatran activity, it is not widely available due to its complexity and the need for specialized equipment.48 The assay requires appropriate calibration and performance verification to ensure accuracy. While it has shown promise for emergency settings, such as in cases of bleeding or urgent surgery, its clinical use is still somewhat limited, primarily due to availability issues and the high cost of the reagents.48

               

              Despite these limitations, the ECA remains a valuable tool for assessing the anticoagulant effect of dabigatran in specialized clinical scenarios where precise quantification of drug levels is necessary.

               

              Anti-Factor IIa Testing for DTIs

              The anti-factor IIa assay is a valuable tool for the precise quantification of the anticoagulant effect of DTIs, such as dabigatran.47 This assay works by measuring the cleavage of a thrombin substrate in the plasma. Plasma is mixed with the substrate, which is typically cleaved by thrombin to produce a measurable signal. If dabigatran is present, it inhibits thrombin activity, leading to a decrease in substrate cleavage. As a result, the extent of inhibition correlates with the dabigatran concentration. This assay is particularly useful in situations where accurate quantification of dabigatran levels is critical, such as in emergency scenarios or for monitoring patients with renal impairment.48

               

              CONCLUSION

              When it comes to clotting and anticoagulation, pharmacists need expertise. They must consider the reason for the testing, be it screening, diagnosis, or monitoring. Patient factors complicate the decision, and unexpected results need to be researched and mitigated. Laboratory results are the clues that inform the detective work of anticoagultion.

               

               

              Download PDF

              Post Test 

              View Questions for Laboratory Monitoring of Anticoagulation

              1. Which of the following laboratory test measures both the extrinsic and common coagulation pathways?
              A. Activated Partial Thromboplastin Time
              B. activated whole blood clotting time
              C. Prothombin time

              2. Which of the following is a situation in which the INR would be the preferred test?
              A. Diagnosing disseminated intravascular coagulation
              B. Establishing a therapeutic range for heparin
              C. Bedside use in cardiac procedures

              3. In which situation would the anticoagulation team need to employ anti-factor Xa testing for patients using LMWH?
              A. In patients with hepatic impairment
              B. In post-surgical patients
              C. In patients who are extremely obese or very small

              4. Alejandro is a gentleman who has received acute treatment for a pulmonary embolism. He has antiphospholipid syndrome. He also has a heart block. Which of the following tests should your anticoagulation team use to monitor warfarin going forward?
              A. Factor X activity level
              B. Anti-Factor Xa level
              C. INR/PTT

              5. What do factor activity levels measure?
              A. Factor activity levels are reported the laboratory’s geometric mean level, indicating how the factor compares to more than 20 normal individuals.
              B. Factor activity levels are reported as a percentage of normal, indicating how much the factor has increased compared to a healthy individual.
              C. Factor activity levels are reported as a percentage of normal, indicating how much the factor has decreased compared to a healthy individual.

              6. A patient’s INR seems “off.” It remains elevated despite adjustments in warfarin doses. The pharmacist thinks it’s a pharmacodynamic issue. What should the anticoagulation team check?
              A. INR, but use a different lab
              B. Factor II and factor X activity
              C. Anti-Factor Xa level

              7. In which of the following situations would the Activated Whole Blood Clotting Time (ACT) be used?
              A. Monthly monitoring of patients with APS
              B. Bedside Use in Cardiac Procedures
              C. Routine monitoring in pregnant women

              8. A 34-year-old pregnant woman is admitted for a DVT. The attending orders a heparin drip at 80 units/kg bolus, followed by an 18 units/kg/hour infusion. Over time, her infusion rate is adjusted to approximately 2000 units/hour, which equates to 25.7 units/kg/hour, a relatively high heparin dose. She report to the nurse that she is “peeing blood.” A STAT hemoglobin indicates it has dropped 11.2 to 6.8 since admission. Given these complications, which of the following steps should the medical team do FIRST?
              A. Ascertain that the patient is indeed pregnant and it is not twins
              B. Draw the anti-factor Xa level
              C. Confirm that the data was entered into the infusion pump correctly

              9. Which of the following can be monitored using the anti-factor Xa test?
              A. heparin, enoxaparin, and dalteparin
              B. heparin, apixiban, and rivaroxiban
              C. enoxaparin, dalteparin, and warfarin

              10. This is a description of a device: reports test results rapidly, convenient for patients, is easy to use. What is it?
              A. Laboratory-based testing
              B. Point-of-care testing device
              C. Correlation testing

              11. What does correlations testing measure?
              A. Which method is right and which method is wrong
              B. The quantity of blood in the patient’s sample
              C. Differences between the results from two methods

              12. Jack is a patient on warfarin who works as a laborer. He uses POC testing. He has had three unexpected out-of-range INRs in the last five days. What is the MOST LIKELY reason?
              A. Nonadherence
              B. Pregnancy
              C. OTC medication use

              References

              1. Chaturvedi S, Brodsky RA, McCrae KR. Complement in the Pathophysiology of the Antiphospholipid Syndrome. Front Immunol. 2019;10:449. doi:10.3389/fimmu.2019.00449
              2. Blennerhassett R, Favaloro E, Pasalic L. Coagulation studies: achieving the right mix in a large laboratory network. Pathology. 2019;51(7):718-722.
              3. Dorgalaleh A, Favaloro EJ, Bahraini M, Rad F. Standardization of Prothrombin Time/International Normalized Ratio (PT/INR). Int J Lab Hematol. 2021;43(1):21-28.
              4. Dela Pena LE. 2013. Hematology: blood coagulation tests. In: M. Lee, editor. Basic skills in interpreting lab reports. 5th ed. Bethesda (MD): ASHP. P 373‐399.
              5. DeMott WR. 1994. Coagulation. In: Jacobs et al, editor. Laboratory test handbook. 3rd ed. Hudson (OH): Lexi‐Comp. P398‐480
              6. Riley RS, Rowe D, Fisher LM. Clinical utilization of the international normalized ratio (INR). J Clin Lab Anal. 2000;14(3):101-114. doi:10.1002/(sici)1098-2825(2000)14:3<101::aid-jcla4>3.0.co;2-a
              7. McRae HL, Militello L, Refaai MA. Updates in Anticoagulation Therapy Monitoring. Biomedicines. 2021;9(3):262. doi:10.3390/biomedicines9030262
              8. Gardiner C, Coleman R, de Maat MPM, et al. International Council for Standardization in Haematology (ICSH) laboratory guidance for the evaluation of haemostasis analyser-reagent test systems. Part 1: Instrument-specific issues and commonly used coagulation screening tests. Int J Lab Hematol. 2021;43(2):169-183. doi:10.1111/ijlh.13411
              9. Lau M, Huh J. Retrospective Analysis of the Effect of Argatroban and Coumadin on INR Values in Heparin Induced Thrombocytopenia. Blood. 2006;108(11):4118. https://doi.org/10.1182/blood.V108.11.4118.4118
              10. Ansell J, Hirsh J, Hylek E, Jacobson A, Crowther M, Palareti G. Pharmacology and management of the vitamin K antagonists: American College of Chest Physicians Evidence-Based Clinical Practice Guidelines (8th Edition). Chest. 2008;133(6 Suppl):160S-198S. doi:10.1378/chest.08-0670
              11. 7 Procoagulators. Transfus Med Hemother. 2009;36(6):419-436.
              12. COUMADIN (warfarin) prescribing information. Bristol-Myers Squibb Company. Accessed April 11, 2025. https://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/label/2010/009218s108lbl.pdf
              13. The Joint Commission. R3 Report—Requorement, Rationale, Reference. National Patient Safety Goals for Anticoagulant Therapy. Accessed April 10, 2025. https://www.jointcommission.org/-/media/tjc/documents/standards/r3-reports/r3_19_anticoagulant_therapy_rev_final1.pdf?db=web&hash=7C6FA69A5DF9294B7BADF2B52C653FCA
              14. Masucci M, Li Kam Wa A, Shingleton E, Martin J, Mahir Z, Breen K. Point of care testing to monitor INR control in patients with antiphospholipid syndrome. EJHaem. 2022;3(3):899-902. doi:10.1002/jha2.522
              15. Rosborough TK, Jacobsen JM, Shepherd MF. Relationship between chromogenic factor X and international normalized ratio differs during early warfarin initiation compared with chronic warfarin administration. Blood Coagul Fibrinolysis. 2009;20(6):433-435. doi:10.1097/MBC.0b013e32832ca31f
              16. Moll S, Ortel TL. Monitoring warfarin therapy in patients with lupus anticoagulants. Ann Intern Med. 1997; 127:177–185.
              17. McGlasson DL, Romick BG, Rubal BJ. Comparison of a chromogenic factor X assay with international normalized ratio for monitoring oral anticoagulation therapy. Blood Coagul Fibrinolysis. 2008; 19:513–517.
              18. Moll, S AntiphospholipidAntibody Syndrome and Thrombosis. Accessed April 30, 2025. Webinar archived at http://www.standingstoneinc.com/Webinars/WebinarArchive.aspx
              19. What Is The Normal Range For PTT? | Essential Insights. Accessed April 11, 2025. https://wellwisp.com/what-is-the-normal-range-for-ptt/
              20. Hirsh J, Bauer KA, Donati MB, Gould M, Samama MM, Weitz JI. Parenteral anticoagulants: American College of Chest Physicians Evidence-Based Clinical Practice Guidelines (8th Edition) [published correction appears in Chest. 2008 Aug;134(2):473]. Chest. 2008;133(6 Suppl):141S-159S. doi:10.1378/chest.08-0689
              21. May JE, Siniard RC, Taylor LJ, Marques MB, Gangaraju R. From Activated Partial Thromboplastin Time to Antifactor Xa and Back Again. Am J Clin Pathol. 2022;157(3):321-327. doi:10.1093/ajcp/aqab135
              22. Bates SM, Weitz JI, Johnston M, Hirsh J, Ginsberg JS. Use of a fixed activated partial thromboplastin time ratio to establish a therapeutic range for unfractionated heparin. Arch Intern Med. 2001;161(3):385-391. doi:10.1001/archinte.161.3.385
              23. Barbosa ACN, Montalvão SAL, Barbosa KGN, et al. Prolonged APTT of unknown etiology: A systematic evaluation of causes and laboratory resource use in an outpatient hemostasis academic unit. Res Pract Thromb Haemost. 2019;3(4):749-757. Published 2019 Sep 8. doi:10.1002/rth2.12252
              24. Campbell S. Hemostasis. IN: Contemporary Practice in Clinical Chemistry. Academic Press, 2020. 445-467.
              25. Evidence-based Medicine Consult. Lab Test: Activated Clotting Time (ACT; Activated Coagulation Time). Accessed April 11, 2025. https://www.ebmconsult.com/articles/lab-test-act-activated-clotting-time
              26. Maier CL, Connors JM, Levy JH. Troubleshooting heparin resistance. Hematology Am Soc Hematol Educ Program. 2024;(1):186–191.
              27. Qiao J, Tran MH. Challenges to Laboratory Monitoring of Direct Oral Anticoagulants. Clin Appl Thromb Hemost. 2024;30:10760296241241524. doi:10.1177/10760296241241524
              28. Francis JL, Groce JB 3rd; Heparin Consensus Group. Challenges in variation and responsiveness of unfractionated heparin. Pharmacotherapy. 2004;24(8 Pt 2):108S-119S. doi:10.1592/phco.24.12.108s.36114
              29. Babin JL, Traylor KL, Witt DM. Laboratory Monitoring of Low-Molecular-Weight Heparin and Fondaparinux. Semin Thromb Hemost. 2017;43(3):261-269. doi:10.1055/s-0036-1581129
              30. ROCKET AF Study Investigators. Rivaroxaban-once daily, oral, direct factor Xa inhibition compared with vitamin K antagonism for prevention of stroke and Embolism Trial in Atrial Fibrillation: rationale and design of the ROCKET AF study. Am Heart J. 2010;159(3):340-347.e1. doi:10.1016/j.ahj.2009.11.025
              31. Raschke R, Hirsh J, Guidry JR. Suboptimal monitoring and dosing of unfractionated heparin in comparative studies with low-molecular-weight heparin. Ann Intern Med. 2003;138(9):720-723. doi:10.7326/0003-4819-138-9-200305060-00008
              32. Sukumar S, Cabero M, Tiu S, Fang MC, Kogan SC, Schwartz JB. Anti-factor Xa activity assays of direct-acting oral anticoagulants during clinical care: An observational study. Res Pract Thromb Haemost. 2021;5(4):e12528. doi:10.1002/rth2.12528
              33. Weitz, J, Fredenburgh, J, Eikelboom, J. A Test in Context: D-Dimer. JACC. 2017;70(19):2411-2420. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jacc.2017.09.024
              34. Johnson ED, Schell JC, Rodgers GM. The D-dimer assay. Am J Hematol. 2019;94(7):833-839. doi:10.1002/ajh.25482
              35. Kearon C, Parpia S, Spencer FA, et al. D-dimer levels and recurrence in patients with unprovoked VTE and a negative qualitative D-dimer test after treatment. Thromb Res. 2016;146:119-125. doi:10.1016/j.thromres.2016.06.023
              36. Kearon C, Stevens SM, Julian JA. D-Dimer Testing in Patients With a First Unprovoked Venous Thromboembolism. Ann Intern Med. 2015;162(9):671. doi:10.7326/L15-5089-2
              37. Isert M, Miesbach W, Schüttfort G, et al. Monitoring anticoagulant therapy with vitamin K antagonists in patients with antiphospholipid syndrome. Ann Hematol. 2015;94(8):1291-1299. doi:10.1007/s00277-015-2374-3
              38. Raimann FJ, Lindner ML, Martin C, et al. Role of POC INR in the early stage of diagnosis of coagulopathy. Pract Lab Med. 2021;26:e00238. doi:10.1016/j.plabm.2021.e00238
              39. Medical Advisory Secretariat. Point-of-Care International Normalized Ratio (INR) Monitoring Devices for Patients on Long-term Oral Anticoagulation Therapy: An Evidence-Based Analysis. Ont Health Technol Assess Ser. 2009;9(12):1-114.
              40. Fitzmaurice DA, Geersing GJ, Armoiry X, Machin S, Kitchen S, Mackie I. ICSH guidance for INR and D-dimer testing using point of care testing in primary care. Int J Lab Hematol. 2023;45(3):276-281. doi:10.1111/ijlh.14051
              41. Ganapati A, Mathew J, Yadav B, et al. Comparison of Point-of-Care PT-INR by Hand-Held Device with Conventional PT-INR Testing in Anti-phospholipid Antibody Syndrome Patients on Oral Anticoagulation. Indian J Hematol Blood Transfus. 2023;39(3):450-455. doi:10.1007/s12288-022-01611-4
              42. Bitan J, Bajolle F, Harroche A, et al. A retrospective analysis of discordances between international normalized ratio (INR) self-testing and INR laboratory testing in a pediatric patient population. Int J Lab Hematol. 2021;43(6):1575-1584. doi:10.1111/ijlh.13652
              43. Munir R, Schapkaitz E, Noble L, et al. A Comprehensive Clinical Assessment of the LumiraDx International Normalized Ratio (INR) Assay for Point-of-Care Monitoring in Anticoagulation Therapy. Diagnostics (Basel). 2024;14(23):2683. Published 2024 Nov 28. doi:10.3390/diagnostics14232683
              44. Arine K, Rodriquez C, Sanchez K, Reliability of Point-of-Care International Normalized Ratio Measurements in Various Patient Populations. POC: J of Near-Patient Test & Tech. 2020;19(1):12-18, DOI: 10.1097/POC.0000000000000197
              45. Ogawa S, Shinohara Y, Kanmuri K. Safety and efficacy of the oral direct factor xa inhibitor apixaban in Japanese patients with non-valvular atrial fibrillation. -The ARISTOTLE-J study-. Circ J. 2011;75(8):1852-1859. doi:10.1253/circj.cj-10-1183
              46. Margetić S, Goreta SŠ, Ćelap I, Razum M. Direct oral anticoagulants (DOACs): From the laboratory point of view. Acta Pharm. 2022;72(4):459-482. doi:10.2478/acph-2022-0034
              47. Dunois C. Laboratory Monitoring of Direct Oral Anticoagulants (DOACs). Biomedicines. 2021;9(5):445. doi:10.3390/biomedicines9050445
              48. Gosselin RC, Dwyre DM, Dager WE. Measuring Dabigatran Concentrations Using a Chromogenic Ecarin Clotting Time Assay. Annals of Pharmacotherapy. 2013;47(12):1635-1640. doi:10.1177/1060028013509074

              Developing an Anticoagulation Clinic 2025 Revision

              About this Course

              UConn has developed web-based continuing pharmacy education activities to enhance the practice of pharmacists and assist pharmacists in making sound clinical decisions to affect the outcome of anticoagulation therapy for the patients they serve. There are a total of 17.25 hours of CPE credit available. Successful completion of these 17.25 hours (13 activities) or equivalent training will prepare the pharmacist for the Anticoagulation Traineeship, which described below in the Additional Information Box.

              The activities below are available separately for $17/hr or as a bundle price of $199 for all 13 activities (17.25 hours). These are the pre-requisites for the anticoagulation traineeship. Any pharmacist who wishes to increase their knowledge of anticoagulation may take any of the programs below.

              When you are ready to submit quiz answers, go to the Blue "Take Test/Evaluation" Button.

              Target Audience

              Pharmacists who are interested in making sound clinical decisions to affect the outcome of anticoagulation therapy for the patients they serve.

              This activity is NOT accredited for technicians.

              Pharmacist Learning Objectives

              At the completion of this activity, the participant will be able to:

              1. Discuss the benefits of establishing an anticoagulation clinic.
              2. List the steps required to establish and run an anticoagulation clinic.
              3. Describe the important aspects of operating an anticoagulation clinic.
              4. Describe the financial considerations of running an anticoagulation clinic.

              Release Date

              Released:  07/15/2025
              Expires:  07/15/2028

              Course Fee

              $17

              ACPE UAN Code

              ACPE #0009-0000-25-042-H04-P

              Session Code

              25AC42-YXV46

               

              Accreditation Hours

              1.0 hour of CE

              Bundle Options

              If desired, “bundle” pricing can be obtained by registering for the activities in groups. It consists of thirteen anticoagulation activities in our online selection.

              You may register for individual topics at $17/CE Credit Hour, or for the Entire Anticoagulation Pre-requisite Series.

              Pharmacist General Registration for 13 Anticoagulation Pre-requisite activities-(17.25 hours of CE)  $199.00

              In order to attend the 2-day Anticoagulation Traineeship, you must complete all of the Pre-requisite Series or the equivalent.

              Additional Information

              Anticoagulation Traineeship at the University of Connecticut Health Center, Farmington, CT

              The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy and The UConn Health Center Outpatient Anticoagulation Clinic have developed 2-day practice-based ACPE certificate continuing education activity for registered pharmacists and nurses who are interested in the clinical management of patients on anticoagulant therapy and/or who are looking to expand their practice to involve patient management of outpatient anticoagulation therapy. This traineeship will provide you with both the clinical and administrative aspects of a pharmacist-managed outpatient anticoagulation clinic. The activity features ample time to individualize your learning experience. A “Certificate of Completion” will be awarded upon successful completion of the traineeship.

              More Information About Traineeship

              Accreditation Statement

              ACPE logo

              The University of Connecticut, School of Pharmacy, is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.  Statements of credit for the online activity ACPE UAN #0009-0000-25-042-H04-P will be awarded when the post test and evaluation have been completed and passed with a 70% or better. Your CE credits will be uploaded to your CPE monitor profile within 2 weeks of completion of the program.

              Grant Funding

              There is no grant funding for this activity.

              Requirements for Successful Completion

              To receive CE Credit go to Blue Button labeled "take Test/Evaluation" at the top of the page.

              Type in your NABP ID, DOB and the session code for the activity.  You were sent the session code in your confirmation email.

              Faculty

              Katelyn Galli, PharmD, BCCP
              Assistant Clinical Professor
              UConn School of Pharmacy
              Storrs, CT

              Faculty Disclosure

              In accordance with the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education (ACPE) Criteria for Quality and Interpretive Guidelines, The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy requires that faculty disclose any relationship that the faculty may have with commercial entities whose products or services may be mentioned in the activity.

              Dr. Galli has no relationship with an ineligible company and therefore has nothing to disclose.

              Disclaimer

              The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

              Program Content

              Program Handouts

              Post Test 

              View Questions for Developing an Anticoagulation Clinic

              Post-Test Questions:
              1. Which of the following reasons best denotes the benefits of initiating a pharmacist-run anticoagulation clinic?
              a. Improved outcomes for patients
              b. Less need for space and resources
              c. Patient willingness to come to clinic

              2. As you run reports for the first year of service of your anticoagulation clinic, what results do you expect to see based on previous literature?
              a. Decreased patient satisfaction scores
              b. Increased frequency of bleeding
              c. Improved time in therapeutic range

              3. Which of the following establishes the greatest need for a pharmacist-run anticoagulation clinic from a regulatory standpoint?
              a. Ensuring compliance with National Patient Safety Goals
              b. Legally pharmacists are required to manage warfarin
              c. National guidelines recommend pharmacist management

              4. Identify which of the following is a crucial step in establishing an anticoagulation clinic
              a. Finding rental space in the region to create clinic space
              b. Identifying stakeholders to provide institutional backing
              c. Obtaining an NPI certificate to allow for reimbursement

              5. In a low budget, low resource pharmacist-run clinic, which staff member would be most important other than the pharmacist?
              a. Medical director
              b. Registered nurse
              c. Receptionist

              6. Identify the most important resource to acquire ahead of starting patient visits:
              a. A fax machine
              b. A private space
              c. A white coat

              7. What poses the biggest financial challenge for establishing a pharmacist-run anticoagulation clinic?
              a. Cost of supplies is significant
              b. Lack of pharmacist reimbursement
              c. Services are free for patients

              8. Which of the following strategies could be utilized to minimize overall clinic costs?
              a. Reduce clinic hours
              b. Streamline staff
              c. Utilize an iSTAT meter

              9. Which of the following processes will ensure standardized, legal autonomous care by a pharmacist?
              a. Development and approval of a collaborative practice agreement with 1 or more providers
              b. Purchase and attainment of an NPI and DEA number by each employed pharmacist
              c. Requiring a PGY2 residency completed in ambulatory care by all employed pharmacists

              10. Which of the following strategies will allow for sustained function and improvement of the clinic once established?
              a. Reducing hours once less time is needed for appointments
              b. Routine evaluation and reporting of clinical outcomes
              c. Transitioning majority of patients to a DOAC

              Drug Interaction Cases with Anticoagulation Therapy 2025 Revision

              About this Course

              UConn has developed web-based continuing pharmacy education activities to enhance the practice of pharmacists and assist pharmacists in making sound clinical decisions to affect the outcome of anticoagulation therapy for the patients they serve. There are a total of 17.25 hours of CPE credit available. Successful completion of these 17.25 hours (13 activities) or equivalent training will prepare the pharmacist for the Anticoagulation Traineeship, which described below in the Additional Information Box.

              The activities below are available separately for $17/hr or as a bundle price of $199 for all 13 activities (17.25 hours). These are the pre-requisites for the anticoagulation traineeship. Any pharmacist who wishes to increase their knowledge of anticoagulation may take any of the programs below.

              When you are ready to submit quiz answers, go to the Blue "Take Test/Evaluation" Button.

              Target Audience

              Pharmacists who are interested in making sound clinical decisions to affect the outcome of anticoagulation therapy for the patients they serve.

              This activity is NOT accredited for technicians.

              Pharmacist Learning Objectives

              At the completion of this activity, the participant will be able to:

              1. Identify anticoagulation therapy's clinically significant drug interactions.
              2. Discuss drug interactions that patients may ask about, but are generally not clinically significant.
              3. Analyze cases to determine if a drug interaction is clinically significant.
              4. Diminish the effect of the identified drug interactions in simulated cases.
              5. Describe monitoring parameters for the identified drug interactions in the simulated cases.

              Release Date

              Released:  07/15/2025
              Expires:  07/15/2028

              Course Fee

              $17

              ACPE UAN

              ACPE #0009-0000-25-038-H01-P

              Session Code

              25AC38-FWK49

              Accreditation Hours

              1.0 hour of CE

              Bundle Options

              If desired, “bundle” pricing can be obtained by registering for the activities in groups. It consists of thirteen anticoagulation activities in our online selection.

              You may register for individual topics at $17/CE Credit Hour, or for the Entire Anticoagulation Pre-requisite Series.

              Pharmacist General Registration for 13 Anticoagulation Pre-requisite activities-(17.25 hours of CE)  $199.00

              In order to attend the 2-day Anticoagulation Traineeship, you must complete all of the Pre-requisite Series or the equivalent.

              Additional Information

              Anticoagulation Traineeship at the University of Connecticut Health Center, Farmington, CT

              The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy and The UConn Health Center Outpatient Anticoagulation Clinic have developed 2-day practice-based ACPE certificate continuing education activity for registered pharmacists and nurses who are interested in the clinical management of patients on anticoagulant therapy and/or who are looking to expand their practice to involve patient management of outpatient anticoagulation therapy. This traineeship will provide you with both the clinical and administrative aspects of a pharmacist-managed outpatient anticoagulation clinic. The activity features ample time to individualize your learning experience. A “Certificate of Completion” will be awarded upon successful completion of the traineeship.

              More Information About Traineeship

              Accreditation Statement

              ACPE logo

              The University of Connecticut, School of Pharmacy, is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.  Statements of credit for the online activity ACPE #0009-0000-25-038-H01-P will be awarded when the post test and evaluation have been completed and passed with a 70% or better. Your CE credits will be uploaded to your CPE monitor profile within 2 weeks of completion of the program.

              Grant Funding

              There is no grant funding for this activity.

              Requirements for Successful Completion

              To receive CE Credit go to Blue Button labeled "take Test/Evaluation" at the top of the page.

              Type in your NABP ID, DOB and the session code for the activity.  You were sent the session code in your confirmation email.

              Faculty

              Jeannette Y. Wick, RPh, MBA, FASCP
              Director, Office of Pharmacy Professional Development
              UConn School of Pharmacy
              Storrs, CT

              Faculty Disclosure

              In accordance with the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education (ACPE) Criteria for Quality and Interpretive Guidelines, The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy requires that faculty disclose any relationship that the faculty may have with commercial entities whose products or services may be mentioned in the activity.

              Ms. Wick has no relationship with an ineligible company and therefore has nothing to disclose.

              Disclaimer

              The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

              Program Content

              Program Handouts

              Post Test 

              View Questions for Case Studies in Drug Interactions with Anticoagulation Therapy

              Drug Interaction Cases with Anticoagulation Therapy

              Post-test

              After completing this continuing education activity, the learner will be able to
              1) Identify anticoagulation therapy’s clinically significant drug interactions
              2) Discuss drug interactions that patients may ask about, but are generally not clinically significant
              3) Analyze cases to determine if a drug interaction is clinically significant
              4) Diminish the effect of identified drug interactions in simulated cases
              5) Describe monitoring parameters for the identified drug interactions in the simulated cases

              1. A patient arrives at the clinic with a new prescription for bananamycin. This drug was approved yesterday and the patient is on warfarin. Bananamycin’s prescribing information doesn’t discuss anticoagulants as it was approved based on very small studies. What would be the BEST way to determine if bananamycin is likely to interact with warfarin?
              A. Check warfarin’s prescribing information
              B. Request information from warfarin’s manufacturer
              C. Evaluate bananamycin’s metabolic characteristics

              2. Which of the following pairs correctly links the warfarin enantiomer with the CYP enzyme of concern?
              A. R enantiomer = CYP1A2
              B. R enantiomer = CYP2C19
              C. R enantiomer = CYP3A4

              3. Which of the following pairs correctly links the warfarin enantiomer with the CYP enzyme of concern?
              A. S enantiomer = CYP2C9
              B. S enantiomer = CYP2C19
              C. S enantiomer = CYP3A4

              4. Arlene comes to the clinic to have a PT/INR drawn. You note that she is drinking green tea. You tell her that under certain circumstances, green tea can affect INR, and you ask her how much green tea she drinks. Which of the following answers would be of MOST concern?
              A. “I usually drink a 16 ounce bottle every day over six hours or so.”
              B. “I don’t know… a gallon a day…maybe more? It’s good for you.”
              C. “This is the first time I ever had it.”

              5. Bob is a 77-year-old fellow who has been on warfarin for five years. He has stable hypertension and hypercholesteremia but is pretty healthy otherwise. You say, “Tell me anything that has changed regarding your health or diet since we last talked.” He responds that he recently received a diagnosis of osteoarthritis and is now taking acetaminophen. What should your next question be?
              A. Is the acetaminophen providing some relief from the pain?
              B. How much acetaminophen are you taking and how often?
              C. Did your prescriber call your hematologist before prescribing?

              6. Patients may experience drug-drug interactions that are unpredictable. Which four factors might vary between patients?
              A. Patient susceptibility, response magnitude, time of onset, duration of effect
              B. Drug manufacturer, INR testing method, dietary preferences, reason for anticoag
              C. Brand, lot number, manufacturer reliability, patient health literacy level

              7. Olivia is an 82-year-old who has frequent urinary tract infections. She takes 5 mg of warfarin daily. The culture/sensitivity results indicate that this organism is sensitive to cotrimoxazole. Her gynecologist wants to start cotrimoxazole for 10 days to treat the active infection and then use trimethoprim 100 mg daily as prophylaxis for six months. What should you expect? (You may need a drug interaction checker to answer this question.)
              A. Sulfamethoxazole will decrease warfarin levels so you may need to increase the warfarin dose by 10-20%.
              B. Trimethoprim will increase warfarin levels so you may need to decrease the warfarin dose by 10-20%.
              C. Sulfamethoxazole usually increases warfarin levels, but trimethoprim is not expected to interact with warfarin.

              8. Which of the following medications is MOST LIKELY to affect warfarin levels because it affects both warfarin enantiomers?
              A. Amiodarone
              B. Cimetidine
              C. Omeprazole

              9. According to the Anticoagulation Forum’s Direct Oral Anticoagulant (DOAC) Drug-Drug Interaction Guidance, which medications are MOST LIKELY to cause clinically significant drugs interactions? (You may pull the Guidance to answer this question.)
              A. Drugs that are STRONG modifiers of CYP3A4 and CYP2C19
              B. Drugs that modify BOTH p-gp and are STRONG modifiers of CYP3A4
              C. The DOACs have few if any drug interactions, which is why they are so popular.

              10. Roger is a 76-year-old man who is on apixaban pursuant to a diagnosis of atrial fibrillation. He has contracted an infection that is sensitive to clarithromycin, a combined p-gp and STRONG CYP3A4 inhibitor. The infection control specialist wants to prescribe it as soon as possible. What does the Anticoagulation Forum’s Direct Oral Anticoagulant (DOAC) Drug-Drug Interaction Guidance say about concurrent use of apixaban and clarithromycin?
              A. Avoid use of clarithromycin entirely
              B. Reduce the apixaban dose by 50% while taking clarithromycin
              C. Clarithromycin does not significantly increase apixaban exposure

              11. Jerrilyn, age 57, has diagnoses including HTN, hypercholesterolemia, and osteoarthritis. She takes warfarin 7.5 mg Monday and Friday, and 5 mg x 5 days after an atrial valve replacement. She develops a vaginal infection and decides to use OTC miconazole to treat it. What monitoring should you implement?
              A. Recheck INR in 3-4 days
              B. Recheck INR in 2 weeks
              C. Recheck INR in 1 month

              12. A patient is taking griseofulvin and his prescriber indicates it’s time to discontinue it. Right now! Today! When should you call the patient in for the next INR?
              A. Recheck INR in 5 days
              B. Recheck INR in 2 weeks
              C. Recheck INR in 1 month

              A Practical Approach to Perioperative Oral Anticoagulation Management 2025 Revision

              About this Course

              UConn has developed web-based continuing pharmacy education activities to enhance the practice of pharmacists and assist pharmacists in making sound clinical decisions to affect the outcome of anticoagulation therapy for the patients they serve. There are a total of 17.25 hours of CPE credit available. Successful completion of these 17.25 hours (13 activities) or equivalent training will prepare the pharmacist for the Anticoagulation Traineeship, which described below in the Additional Information Box.

              The activities below are available separately for $17/hr or as a bundle price of $199 for all 13 activities (17.25 hours). These are the pre-requisites for the anticoagulation traineeship. Any pharmacist who wishes to increase their knowledge of anticoagulation may take any of the programs below.

              When you are ready to submit quiz answers, go to the Blue "Take Test/Evaluation" Button.

              Target Audience

              Pharmacists who are interested in making sound clinical decisions to affect the outcome of anticoagulation therapy for the patients they serve.

              This activity is NOT accredited for technicians.

              Pharmacist Learning Objectives

              At the completion of this activity, the participant will be able to:

              • Review current anticoagulation guidelines.
              • Identify patient and procedural characteristics that increase risk of perioperative bleeding or thrombosis.
              • Optimize a patient-specific perioperative anticoagulation plan.
              • Customize a plan to communicate an outpatient perioperative anticoagulation plan to ambulatory patients.

              Release Date

              Released:  07/15/2025
              Expires:  07/15/2028

              Course Fee

              $34

              ACPE UAN

              ACPE #0009-0000-25-046-H01-P

              Session Code

              25AC46-MXT39

              Accreditation Hours

              2.0 hour of CE

              Bundle Options

              If desired, “bundle” pricing can be obtained by registering for the activities in groups. It consists of thirteen anticoagulation activities in our online selection.

              You may register for individual topics at $17/CE Credit Hour, or for the Entire Anticoagulation Pre-requisite Series.

              Pharmacist General Registration for 13 Anticoagulation Pre-requisite activities-(17.25 hours of CE)  $199.00

              In order to attend the 2-day Anticoagulation Traineeship, you must complete all of the Pre-requisite Series or the equivalent.

              Additional Information

              Anticoagulation Traineeship at the University of Connecticut Health Center, Farmington, CT

              The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy and The UConn Health Center Outpatient Anticoagulation Clinic have developed 2-day practice-based ACPE certificate continuing education activity for registered pharmacists and nurses who are interested in the clinical management of patients on anticoagulant therapy and/or who are looking to expand their practice to involve patient management of outpatient anticoagulation therapy. This traineeship will provide you with both the clinical and administrative aspects of a pharmacist-managed outpatient anticoagulation clinic. The activity features ample time to individualize your learning experience. A “Certificate of Completion” will be awarded upon successful completion of the traineeship.

              More Information About Traineeship

              Accreditation Statement

              ACPE logo

              The University of Connecticut, School of Pharmacy, is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.  Statements of credit for the online activity ACPE #0009-0000-22-046-H01-P will be awarded when the post test and evaluation have been completed and passed with a 70% or better. Your CE credits will be uploaded to your CPE monitor profile within 2 weeks of completion of the program.

              Grant Funding

              There is no grant funding for this activity.

              Requirements for Successful Completion

              To receive CE Credit go to Blue Button labeled "take Test/Evaluation" at the top of the page.

              Type in your NABP ID, DOB and the session code for the activity.  You were sent the session code in your confirmation email.

              Faculty

              Heather Surerus-Lopez, PharmD, BCACP, CACP
              Certified Clinical Pharmacist, Ambulatory Services
              St. Joseph Medical Center Pharmacy
              CommonSpirit Health
              Tacoma, WA

              Faculty Disclosure

              In accordance with the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education (ACPE) Criteria for Quality and Interpretive Guidelines, The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy requires that faculty disclose any relationship that the faculty may have with commercial entities whose products or services may be mentioned in the activity.

              Dr. Surerus-Lopez has no relationships with any ineligible companies and therefore has nothing to disclose.

              Disclaimer

              The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

              Program Content

              ABSTRACT

              Many different guidelines and clinical studies address how to manage anticoagulation around the time of surgeries or procedures. This module’s goal is to help learners pull dry information together and apply it to real-world anticoagulation situations. It discusses terminology, renal function assessment, recent guideline changes, and how to stratify a patient’s periprocedural risk of thrombosis and bleeding. In addition, the module covers anticoagulation during the periprocedural period, potential interactions with over-the-counter products, and how to communicate the plan with patients and caregivers. It includes practice pearls from an experienced certified anticoagulation provider. Finally, it concludes with a sample case to show learners how to use this information in typical situations in direct patient care.

               

              INTRODUCTION

              Appropriate perioperative anticoagulation management is essential for patient safety. Guidelines can be valuable tools for identifying a potential course of action when tailoring perioperative plans for individual patients who take anticoagulants. However, significant gray areas remain. Clinicians must consider individual patient characteristics before finalizing any plan. This module familiarizes learners with the most recent guidelines and demonstrates how to optimize perioperative anticoagulation care for patients.

               

              Many guidelines about anticoagulation are available. Good clinical practice requires occasional surveillance for changes in the current landscape. Select organizations that periodically release guidelines include the American Society of Hematology (ASH), the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association (ACC/AHA), and the American College of Chest Physicians (CHEST). This module primarily uses the 2022 Perioperative CHEST Guideline. Please note, guidelines sometimes refer to medications that are used internationally, but this module only discusses medications available in the United States. Additionally, each institution’s protocol or clinician’s opinion may vary from the views presented here.

               

              TERMINOLOGY

              • "Bridging" refers to using a shorter half-life anticoagulant to act as a "bridge" between pre-procedure and post-procedure maintenance anticoagulation. This action minimizes patients' exposure to subtherapeutic anticoagulation while their maintenance anticoagulation is held for a procedure. Most commonly, this refers to using low molecular weight heparin (LMWH) while warfarin is held.
                • Practice Pearl: Patients or providers sometimes incorrectly refer to simply holding an anticoagulant as "bridging."
              • “DOAC” refers to the direct oral anticoagulants (the Factor Xa inhibitors rivaroxaban [Xarelto], apixaban [Eliquis], edoxaban [Savaysa], and the Factor IIa inhibitor dabigatran [Pradaxa]). The old term "NOAC" has fallen out of favor as it implies a negative connotation.
              • “Glycoprotein IIb-IIIa inhibitor” refers to the antiplatelet agents eptifibatide (Integrilin) and tirofiban (Aggrastat).
              • “Low-molecular weight heparin” refers to enoxaparin (Lovenox) and dalteparin (Fragmin).
              • “P2Y12 inhibitor” refers to the antiplatelet drugs clopidogrel (Plavix), prasugrel (Effient), ticagrelor (Brilinta), and cangrelor (Kengreal).
              • The terms “surgery” and “procedure” are sometimes used interchangeably.

               

              ESTIMATING RENAL FUNCTION

              Some anticoagulants are renally cleared, so clinicians must be prepared to make dose adjustments for renal impairment. Directly measuring glomerular filtration rate (GFR) is not practical, so formulas that estimate renal function guide treatment decisions. Commonly used formulas use serum creatinine (SCr), height, age, and some form of body weight (in kg) to estimate renal function (discussed in more detail later). Calculators for these equations are available online.

               

              Renal function formulas assume stable renal function and the results are just estimates, so the anticoagulation team must consider the whole patient when making dosing adjustments. Note that neither the CKD-EPI Creatinine Equation (2021) nor the Cockcroft-Gault formula have been validated for use in children, pregnancy, or patients with low creatinine values.

               

              The most recent Kidney Disease: Improving Global Outcomes (KDIGO) Guidelines recommend using the CKD-EPI Creatinine Equation (2021) to estimate renal function. This formula takes body habitus (common variations in the shape of the human body, which in turn determines the position of internal viscera) and gender into account and is now widely used.1

               

              CKD-EPI Creatinine Equation (2021)

              eGFRCr = 142 x min (SCr/k,1)α x max (SCr/k,1)-1.200 x 0.9938Age x 1.012 [if female]

              Female: k = 0.7, α = -0.241; Male: k=0.9, α= -0.302

              “min” =minimum of SCr/k or 1; “max” = the maximum of SCr/k or 1

               

              Then convert the result to a non-indexed eGFR using BSA as follows:

              BSA (m2) = 0.007184 x (weight in kg) 0.425 x (height in cm) 0.725

              Non-indexed eGFR = indexed eGFR x BSA /1.73 (result expressed as mL/min/1.73 m2)

               

              This formula estimates kidney function more accurately than others, is widely regarded as the current standard of care, and reference laboratories use it. However, the pharmacokinetic studies that lead to United States (U.S.) Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approval often use the historical Cockcroft-Gault (CG) formula instead. Therefore, FDA-approved prescribing information often bases renal dosing adjustments on CG creatinine clearance (CrCl).2

               

              Cockcroft-Gault Formula (1976)

              CrCl = [((140–age) x (weight in kg))/ (72 x SCr)] x 0.85 (for females)

               

              The Cockcroft-Gault formula was developed from data collected from white adult males and often yields inaccurate results when applied to the general population. The formula’s developers suggestion for an 85% correction for female gender was not derived from clinical data. They acknowledged its limitations. Its flaws have been extensively discussed.1,3,4 Common patient characteristics that may yield inaccurate results include:

              • Actual body weight (ABW) either below or more than 30% above, ideal body weight (IBW)
              • Edema
              • Frailty
              • Height under 60"
              • Hydration status
              • Low muscle mass

               

              Special Populations

              Unfortunately, choosing an appropriate measure of body weight to use in CG is not always as simple as having the patient step on the scale. Table 1 describes how clinicians use different representations of body weights in different circumstances.

               

              Table 1. Choosing a Measure of Body Weight for Use in Cockcroft-Gault
              Representation of Body Weight Patient Population
              Actual body weight (ABW) Underweight, and all patients using rivaroxaban
              Ideal body weight (IBW) Between IBW and 30% overweight
              Adjusted body weight (AdjBW0.4) More than 30% overweight

               

              Adjusting Weight for Obesity

              The literature suggests adjusting body weight for obesity (body weight greater than 30% over IBW). The adjusted body weight (AdjBW) is calculated using the following formula, and the result is used in the CG formula.5

              IBW (male) = 50 + (2.3 x (height minus 60 inches))

              IBW (female) = 45.5 + (2.3 x (height minus 60 inches))

              AdjBW0.4 = IBW + 0.4 (ABW - IBW)

               

              Practice Pearl: Note that the rivaroxaban prescribing information specifically calls for using Actual Body Weight when calculating CrCl.6

               

              Adjusting Weight for Amputations

              Currently, no validated method is available to estimate renal function in patients who are amputees. One possible method is to estimate the IBW before the amputation, subtracting an approximation of what that limb might have weighed (see Table 2), then using the AdjBW in the formula. Alternatively, clinicians can use an online calculator such as https://clincalc.com/kinetics/ebwl.aspx.7

               

              Table 2. Estimating Body Weight Lost from Amputations8
              Body Section Specific Location Percent of Total Weight
              Lower body Foot 1.5%
              Calf and foot 5.9%
              Entire lower extremity 16%
              Upper body Hand 0.7%
              Forearm and hand 2.3%
              Entire upper extremity 5%

               

              Transgender Patients

              Hormonal therapy influences lean body mass and should be considered when estimating renal function in transgender patients. For transgender patients who have completed at least six months of hormone therapy, the team should calculate CrCl using their gender identity, not their sex assigned at birth.9

               

              PAUSE AND PONDER: In what situations should heparin be used to protect the patient from thrombosis while oral anticoagulants are held for surgery?

               

              CHEST GUIDELINE

              CHEST released an updated Clinical Practice Guideline for the Perioperative Management of Antithrombotic Therapy in 2022.10 The new more user-friendly guideline replaces the 2012 version.11 It only provides guidance for elective procedures that are not urgent. The 2022 version provides more comprehensive and detailed guidance on the perioperative use of DOACs, antiplatelet medications, and heparin bridging. It also includes more specific guidance on perioperative risk of thrombosis and bleeding.

               

              Many CHEST Guideline recommendations are presented as being supported by either "Low" or "Very Low" Certainty of Evidence. For these, individual patient characteristics and clinical judgment become more important when determining a plan of action. The main body of the text sometimes describes specific considerations for different patient populations.

               

              The CHEST Guideline only makes two strong recommendations, both regarding warfarin10:

              • Prescribers should not bridge patients using warfarin with LMWH when atrial fibrillation (AF) is the sole indication.
              • Warfarin should be continued, not held, for ICD or pacemaker placement if the international normalized ratio (INR) is less than 3.0.

               

              It makes several other important recommendations10:

              • Warfarin patients at high risk of venous thromboembolism (VTE) should be bridged with heparin.
              • Avoid heparin bridging for patients who take DOACs.
              • Avoid heparin bridging for warfarin patients with minimal to moderate risk of VTE with the following:
                1. Mechanical heart valves
                2. VTE as the only risk factor (post-procedure low-dose heparin may be used)
                3. A colonoscopy with polypectomy
              • Avoid adjusting
                1. LMWH or DOAC dosing to anti-Xa levels
                2. Antiplatelet medications based on antiplatelet testing
              • Discontinue apixaban, dabigatran, edoxaban, and rivaroxaban before procedures.
              • Continue aspirin (ASA) for patients having non-cardiac surgery.
              • Patients who take ASA and have coronary artery bypass graft (CABG) scheduled should continue ASA.
              • Patients who take dual antiplatelet therapy (DAPT) who had a coronary artery stent placed six to 12 weeks ago should either continue both antiplatelet agents or should hold one of them seven to 10 days pre-procedure.
              • DAPT patients who had a coronary artery stent placed three to 12 months ago, and patients who are having CABG surgery, should hold their P2Y12 inhibitor (clopidogrel, prasugrel, ticagrelor, or cangrelor).
              • Do not use glycoprotein IIb-IIIa inhibitors (eptifibatide, tirofiban) or cangrelor to bridge antiplatelet patients.
              • When holding a DOAC, continue holding until at least 24 hours post-procedure, as restarting sooner can increase bleeding risk.
              • Patients with an INR above 1.5 up to two days before the procedure should not receive vitamin K as this can delay return to full therapeutic INR post-procedure.
              • Continue warfarin for dental procedures.
                1. Exceptions: Hold warfarin if the patient has poor gingival condition or is expected to bleed profusely. Consider patient history.
                2. Tranexamic acid and additional sutures can be used to limit bleeding.
              • Continue warfarin for minor dermatologic procedures.
                1. Exceptions: Hold warfarin if the patient is having a skin graft or expected to bleed profusely.
              • Continue warfarin for minor ophthalmologic procedures.
                1. Exceptions: Retinal surgery or any time retrobulbar anesthesia is used

               

              Practice Pearl: It can be challenging to find information that applies to a highly specific patient population in a dry document like a CHEST Guideline. This is an optional exercise: under what heading in the CHEST Guideline does it describe specific patient characteristics that may make you inclined to hold an anticoagulant or antiplatelet drug for a dental extraction?

              1. Assessing Perioperative Risk for Surgery/Procedure Related Bleeding
              2. Summary of Key Recommendations
              3. Patients Having a Minor Dental, Dermatologic, or Ophthalmologic Procedure

               

              Table 3 summarizes CHEST Guideline recommendations for how long to hold an anticoagulant before a procedure and when to resume it after a procedure.10

               

              Table 3. Recommended Perioperative Anticoagulant Holding Times10
              Anticoagulant Procedure Bleed Risk How Long to Hold Before Procedure When to Resume Post-Procedure Post-Procedure Notes
              Warfarin - 5-6 days Within 24 hours -
              IV UFH (therapeutic dose) - At least 4 hours At least 24 hours No bolus. Target a lower aPTT.
              LMWH Low-moderate Half the total daily dose in AM, 24 hours prior At least 24 hours -
              High 24 hours At least 48-72 hours If needed, low-dose LMWH may be used for the first 2-3 days.
              Apixaban Low-moderate 1 day All DOACs:

               

              At least 24 hours post procedure after low-moderate risk

               

              At least 48-72 hours after high risk

              High 2 days
              Dabigatran Low-moderate,

              CrCl at least 50 mL/min

              1 day
              Low-moderate, CrCl less than 50 mL/min 2 days
              High risk, CrCl at least 50 mL/min 2 days
              High risk, CrCl less than 50 mL/min 4 days
              Edoxaban Low-moderate 1 day
              High risk 2 days
              Rivaroxaban Low-moderate 1 day
              High risk 2 days
              ASA - At least 7 days* *Evaluate whether antiplatelet agents need to be held at all on a case-by-case basis.
              Clopidogrel - At least 5 days*
              Ticagrelor - 3-5 days*
              Prasugrel - 7 days*

               

              PAUSE AND PONDER; How do clinicians decide who is at high enough risk of thromboembolism to interrupt anticoagulation for a surgery or procedure or to warrant the additional bleeding risk of LMWH during a warfarin bridge?

               

              PATIENT-SPECIFIC PERIOPERATIVE ANTICOAGULATION PLAN

              Overview

              Step 1: Begin by collecting basic information:

              • What procedure or surgery is happening, and when?
              • Which anticoagulant is the patient using?
              • What herbal and vitamin supplements are the patient currently taking?
              • What is the patient's medical history and allergies? Are there any recent updates from either inside or outside your healthcare system?
              • Does the patient have a history of heparin-induced thrombocytopenia (HIT), severe bleeding such as SDH, thrombosis, or other complications during a historical perioperative period?
              • Do you need to update the patient's weight or lab work?

              Step 2: Communicate with other healthcare team members involved in this patient's care.

              Step 3: Assess risks and prepare the perioperative plan.

              • Assess the risk of thrombosis. Is holding the anticoagulant really necessary? How long? Is bridging required?
              • Assess the risk of procedure-related bleeding.
              • Calculate renal function and Child-Pugh score if applicable.
              • Obtain or place orders as necessary following the institution's protocol.
              • Review plan for feasibility and accuracy. Examples of potential errors include
                1. Bridging warfarin patients in end stage renal disease (ESRD) with therapeutic-dose LMWH
                2. Bridging DOAC patients with LMWH
                3. Holding warfarin for 5 days without LMWH bridging in mechanical mitral valve replacement (MVR) patient with antiphospholipid syndrome (APS), a history of VTE, with low bleeding risk
                4. Holding warfarin 7 days before a single dental extraction in patients with paroxysmal AF
                5. Holding warfarin 1 day before spinal surgery

              Step 4: Educate the patient and/or caregiver.

               

              A written plan can facilitate adherence and communication between team members and the patient, especially if the plan is complicated. Clinicians who review the plan verbally with patients can evaluate feedback and clarify questions instantly. If applicable, patient education should cover subcutaneous injection technique and sharps disposal. Confirm that patients and caregivers understand the plan using the teach-back technique and spot-checks. A critical element is how to recognize the signs of bleeding or thrombosis with patients, so the patient knows when to call 911.

               

              Practice Pearl: The electronic health record (EHR) often contains errors or omissions. Reviewing medication and problem lists with patients may identify medication that was discontinued (sometimes years ago!). Sometimes, patients do too much yard work and injure a knee; they start ibuprofen without notifying their healthcare provider. Perhaps they visited London and didn’t tell their provider about the pulmonary embolism they developed on the flight, or the fact that they are now using rivaroxaban. They may have been hiking in the Grand Canyon when they had a myocardial infarction and didn’t think to mention they are now using clopidogrel and aspirin. Clinicians will not know unless they ask.

               

              OVER-THE-COUNTER PRODUCTS

              Many foods and over-the-counter (OTC) products can increase bleeding risk and should be held in the perioperative period. Table 4 shows a sample of interactions between foods/supplements and selected anticoagulants. For example, using cannabidiol (CBD) with apixaban can increase the patient's bleeding risk; if patients who have a high bleeding risk procedure restart apixaban and CBD after the procedure, bleeding risk will be high during that time.

               

              Some supplements and foods have intrinsic anticoagulant or antiplatelet properties and can increase the bleeding risk even wihout a CYP450 or P-glycoprotein interaction. St. John’s Wort can increase risk of thrombosis when used with apixaban, dabigatran, rivaroxaban, and warfarin; it induces CYP3A4 and P-glycoprotein. When in doubt, it is generally best to err on the side of caution and hold all patient-initiated supplements in the perioperative period.

               

              Practice Pearl: Surgeons often require tobacco cessation before scheduling surgery. This can increase warfarin sensitivity through a CYP1A2 interaction.

               

              Cannabis is widely used. It is primarily metabolized by the liver, but about a fifth is renally eliminated. It inhibits CYP450 enzymes, including 3A4, 2D6, 2C9, and 2C19. In addition to its potential interactions with anticoagulants, it can also prolong sedation and increase the risk of myocardial ischemia. Patients with cannabis use disorder can experience increased perioperative morbidity and mortality.12-14

               

              Table 4. Interactions Between OTCs and Common Anticoagulants15-19
              OTC Product Possible Intrinsic Antiplatelet Activity Possible Intrinsic Anticoagulant Activity Apixaban ASA Clopidogrel Enoxaparin Dabigatran Rivaroxaban Warfarin
              Aspirin x x x x x x x x
              Alpha-lipoic acid x x x x x x x x
              Berberine x x x x x x x x
              Black seed x x x x x x x x x
              Cannabidiol x x x x
              Chamomile x x x x
              Cocoa x x x x x x x x
              Danshen x x x x x x x x x
              Dong quai x x x x x x x x
              Echinacea x x x x
              Eucalyptus x x x x
              Feverfew x x x x x x x x
              Garcinia cambogia x x x x x x x x
              Garlic x x x x x x x x
              Ginger x x x x x x x x
              Gingko biloba x x x x x x x x
              Ginseng (American) x
              Ginseng (Panax) x x x x x x x
              Grapefruit x x x x
              Ibuprofen* x x x x x x x
              Jackfruit x x x x x x x x
              Lime x x x x
              Melatonin x x x x x x x x
              Naproxen* x x x x x x x
              Turmeric x x x x x x x x
              Vitamin E x x x x x x x x x
              Yerba mate x x x x x x x x

              *Ibuprofen and naproxen may block antiplatelet effect of ASA.

               

              PERIOPERATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT

              The following risk stratification methods are general guides, not absolute rules. Pharmacists must consider the whole patient and use good clinical judgement. Caution and prioritizing patient safety are always prudent.

               

              Risk of Thrombosis

              Certain patient characteristics increase a patient’s risk of thrombosis during a procedure. The CHEST Guideline presents three main risk categories: AF, VTE, and mechanical heart valves. When a patient has an elevated risk score in multiple categories, the team should use the highest value for stratification purposes. For example, if a patient has a CHA2DS2VASc score of 2 and antiphospholipid antibodies, classify the patient as high risk of thrombosis.

               

              Atrial Fibrillation

              The CHADS2 and CHA2DS2VASc scoring formulas classify patients with AF as having a high, medium, or low risk of stroke as described in Table 5. the CHEST Guideline references both:

              • CHADS2: Add one point for each of the following conditions: congestive heart failure (CHF), hypertension, age at least 75 years, and diabetes; add two points for a history of stroke/TIA.
              • CHA2DS2VASc: Add one point for each of the following conditions: CHF, hypertension, diabetes, vascular disease (myocardial infarction, peripheral artery disease, aortic plaque), age 65-74 years, and sex category of female; add two points each for age at least 75 years and history of cerebrovascular accident (CVA)/TIA/thromboembolism.

              CHA2DS2VASc identifies low-risk patients more accurately and classifies fewer patients as moderate risk.20

               

              Table 5. Risk of Thrombosis Secondary to Atrial Fibrillation10
              High Moderate Low
              CHADS2: 5-6

              CHA2DS2VASc: at least 7

              CVA/TIA in the past 3 months

              Rheumatic valvular heart disease

              CHADS2: 3-4

              CHA2DS2VASc: 5-6

               

              CHADS2: 0-2 (no CVA/TIA)

              CHA2DS2VASc: 1-4

               

              Source: Adapted from reference 10 p.e212.

               

              Venous Thromboembolism

              Table 6. Risk of Thrombosis Secondary to Hypercoagulable States.
              High Risk Moderate Risk Low Risk
              VTE within the past 3 months

              Protein C or S deficiency

              Antithrombin deficiency

              Homozygous Factor V Leiden

              Homozygous gene G20210A mutation

              Antiphospholipid antibodies

              Active brain, gastric, pancreatic, or esophageal cancer

              Myeloproliferative disorders

              VTE 3-12 months prior

              Recurrent VTE

              Heterozygous Factor V Leiden

              Heterozygous gene G20210A mutation

              Active or recent malignancy other than those specifically listed in high risk category

              VTE more than 12 months prior

               

              Mechanical Heart Valves

              Table 7. Risk of Thrombosis Secondary to Mechanical Heart Valves10
              High Risk Moderate Risk Low Risk
              MVR + major risk factor(s)*

              Caged-ball, tilting-disc AVR/MVR

              CVA/TIA within the past 3 months

              MVR without major risk factors*

              AVR (bileaflet) with major risk factors

              AVR (bileaflet) without major risk factors*

              *Major risk factors for CVA: History of AF, CVA/TIA during previous anticoagulation hold, rheumatic heart disease, valve thrombosis, HTN, diabetes, CHF, age 75 or greater.

               

              Bleeding Risk

              Some patients develop serious bleeding during or after a procedure, so risk assessment is critical. The literature describes several different bleeding-risk scoring systems, including HAS‐BLED, HEMORR2HAGES, ORBIT‐AF, ATRIA, and GARFIELD‐AF. In short, while these tools can help identify potentially high-bleeding-risk patients, their accuracy varies depending on the patient population studied.21,22 The CHEST Guideline includes empiric classification guidance.10

               

              High

              Generally, surgeries and procedures performed on highly vascularized organs, that cause extensive tissue damage, or are spinal-invasive are considered high risk. Anticoagulants should be held long enough to reverse their effects. Examples include

              • Cancer
              • Cardiac
              • Colonic polyp or bowel resection
              • Epidural injections
              • Gastrointestinal (GI)
              • Kidney
              • Major orthopedic
              • Major thoracic
              • Neuraxial interventions
              • Reconstructive plastic
              • TURP
              • Urologic

               

              Low to Moderate

              These surgeries are considered low to moderate bleeding risk surgeries and procedures, regardless of whether biopsies are performed. Anticoagulants can be held for less time during the perioperative period.

              • Arthroscopy
              • Bronchoscopy
              • Colonoscopy
              • Coronary angiography, femoral approach
              • Foot, hand
              • GI endoscopy
              • Hemorrhoidal surgery
              • Hysterectomy
              • Laparoscopic cholecystectomy
              • Lymph node biopsies

               

              Minimal

              Many patients can remain fully anticoagulated for minimal bleeding risk procedures, although it would be reasonable to consider holding a DOAC on the day of the procedure. In certain circumstances, such as a dental extraction in a patient who has poor gingival health, it may be reasonable to hold anticoagulation before a minimal bleed risk procedure.

              • Cataract procedures
              • Coronary angiography, radial approach
              • Minor dental procedures, including extraction(s)
              • Minor dermatologic procedures, including excision of skin cancers
              • Pacemaker or ICD placement

               

              DIRECT ORAL ANTICOAGULANTS

              Since heparin bridging is not used for patients who use DOACs, these instructions are simple. Clinicians should provide patients with instructions to hold their DOAC on specific dates. However, they need to know the audience! For some patients, verbal communication suffices. In this case, the best practice would be to ask the patient to repeat the instructions to confirm understanding. Other patients find it more helpful to have written instructions, especially those who have caregivers. For patients who live in assisted living facilities that manage their medications, pharmacists can do two things: (1) review the instructions with the patient for their own knowledge and (2) provide instructions directly to the facility.

               

              DOACs only take a few hours to become fully effective. Ask the patient to check with the surgeon after the procedure is complete to make sure it’s safe to restart the DOAC.23

               

              WARFARIN

              The inter-patient variability in responses to warfarin cannot be understated. Warfarin’s half-life is 20 to 60 hours and varies significantly from patient to patient. Warfarin ultimately inhibits activation of clotting factors II, VII, IX, and X, and it also affects the natural anticoagulants protein C and S. Table 8 compares these factors’ half-lives and reveals that they are not necessarily pivoting in concert while warfarin doses are being adjusted.

               

              Table 8. Half-lives of Clotting Factors Relevant to Warfarin Use
              Factor Half-life (hours)
              II 42-72
              VII 4-6
              IX 21-30
              X 27-48
              Protein C 8
              Protein S 60

              Source: Adapted from 24 p. 20.

               

              Many factors affect a patient's response to a warfarin dose. These include interactions with diet, pharmacokinetic medication interactions, pharmacodynamic interactions, liver function, edema status, and many more. Surgery and hospitalization commonly cause physical stress and decrease appetite; both increase warfarin sensitivity. The patient's history can be invaluable when determining post-procedure doses but caution is warranted. Even if the patient had a similar warfarin holding situation in the past available for comparison, they may respond differently this time.

               

              It can take three to seven days (or more) to see the effect of warfarin dosing changes on the INR. Therefore, patients usually resume warfarin in the evening after a procedure is completed. It can take weeks for INR to stabilize after major surgery. This is when shorter-acting LMWH and unfractionated heparin (UFH) become useful.

               

              Heparin Bridging During Warfarin Interruption

              Unless otherwise specified, when the CHEST Guideline mentions "heparin bridging," it specifically refers to using a therapeutic-dose LMWH. Examples include enoxaparin 1 mg/kg twice daily or 1.5 mg/kg daily, dalteparin 100 international units/kg BID or 200 international units/kg daily, or full-dose UFH to achieve target aPTT of 1.5-2x the control, or a target anti-Xa level of 0.35 to 0.70 international units/mL. Lower prophylactic or intermediate doses may be used in certain circumstances.10 Clinicians need to calculate renal function before finalizing a dose. If a patient with ESRD needs to bridge for a procedure, it is best to use IV UFH for inpatient bridging rather than LMWH.

               

              Practice Pearl: It may be difficult for patients who are underweight (with little subcutaneous fat) or who have had major surgery (scarring or local trauma) to find suitable sites for subcutaneous injections.

               

              Practice Pearl: It can be challenging to determine an appropriate therapeutic dose of LMWH for patients with BMI exceeding 40 kg/m2, especially in the outpatient setting, where monitoring anti-Xa levels would be more challenging. Whether or not to cap the dose at some amount lower than 1 mg/kg twice daily is a controversial topic.14,25

               

              Practice Pearl: Procedures that require LMWH bridging and are scheduled without much notice can cause logistical challenges for patients. Questions to consider include

              • When does the patient need to start using LMWH?
              • Does the pharmacy have it in stock?
              • If not, how long will it take them to order it?
              • Will the patient be able to afford the copay?

               

              Practice Pearl: Significant drops in hemoglobin, hematocrit, or platelets after a surgery or procedure can be the first warning sign of severe post-operative bleeding.

               

              Heparin-Induced Thrombocytopenia

              Heparin-induced thrombocytopenia (HIT) is a potentially life-threatening condition that is a possible reaction to heparin. The ASH Guideline suggests monitoring for drops in platelet count for patients who are considered to have moderate or high risk of HIT, including patients using UFH and patients using LMWH after major surgery or trauma. In these cases, the guideline recommends monitoring platelet count every two to three days until heparin is discontinued.26

               

              Example Warfarin Bridge Plan

              Oliver is a 52-year-old male patient with a MVR, antiphospholipid antibodies, and a history of CVA. He has a colonoscopy scheduled next month. Lab work done 9 months ago was largely unremarkable, except his platelets were 30 points below the minimum EHR reference range (unknown etiology). His medication list includes warfarin 5 mg daily, lisinopril 20 mg daily, and aspirin 81 mg daily. He said he does not use supplements. His INR has been stable and therapeutic for the past two months. He has had no other procedures in the past year. Repeat bloodwork indicates his platelets are now within normal limits. He will return home the same day as the procedure.

               

              Vitals: Weight 174 lb, BP 135/82 mmHg. CrCl 65 mL/min.

               

              Your institution's protocol indicates he should bridge with therapeutic dose enoxaparin for this procedure, and you have whatever approvals you need to proceed. You send a prescription for 80 mg enoxaparin syringes #20 to his local pharmacy, to be used twice daily as instructed in Table 9. Since his procedure is still a month away, his pharmacy has time to order the enoxaparin if necessary.

               

              Table 9. Example Patient Instructions for Perioperative Anticoagulation
              Month Day Day of Week Warfarin Dose Injectable Anticoagulant: 80 mg Enoxaparin
              Apr 17 Thursday Last dose: 5 mg None
              Apr 18 Friday None None
              Apr 19 Saturday None None
              Apr 20 Sunday None Begin enoxaparin injections under the skin every 12 hours, starting this morning
              Apr 21 Monday None Continue enoxaparin injections every 12 hours
              Apr 22 Tuesday None Continue enoxaparin injections, just once today, with the last dose at least 24 hours before the procedure
              Apr 23 *Procedure* Wednesday If the surgeon approves, restart after procedure is complete with 7.5 mg None
              Apr 24 Thursday 7.5 mg If the surgeon approves, restart enoxaparin injections, just once today, starting 24 hours after procedure is complete
              Apr 25 Friday 5 mg Continue enoxaparin injections every 12 hours
              Apr 26 Saturday 5 mg Continue enoxaparin injections every 12 hours
              Apr 27 Sunday 5 mg Continue enoxaparin injections every 12 hours
              Apr 28 Monday Further instructions are to be provided at today's appointment Continue enoxaparin injections, but please wait until after this morning's visit before using enoxaparin today to allow for fingerstick INR
              Please continue injections until the Anticoagulation Clinic asks you to stop. Your next appointment is 4/28/25. On days when you are scheduled for a post-procedure INR check, please hold your morning injection until after your morning appointment. If you will be doing errands after your visit, please bring a syringe with you to stay on schedule with your injections.

               

              PAUSE AND PONDER: How would you provide instructions to the patient in a way that they both understand and are willing and able to follow?

               

              COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES

              Practice Pearl: Use active listening, reflective statements, and motivational interviewing techniques to ensure patients know you hear their concerns and are comfortable asking questions.

               

              In the ambulatory setting, the patient must fully understand and accept the perioperative plan to minimize the risk of harm. Patients may not follow through if they think the team doesn’t care about their concerns.

               

              Consider Emma, who has been your patient for several years. She arrives at the clinic irritated and you do not know why. You try to make small talk with her, but she snaps, “Just get on with the visit.” She crosses her arms across her chest and looks away. You do not know this yet, but her mother was just diagnosed with metastatic colon cancer and is considering foregoing treatment and entering hospice care.

               

              Emma is here today to review perioperative instructions for her upcoming colonoscopy. She has had precancerous polyps removed in the past and has recently developed a small amount of hematochezia (presence of fresh [bright red] blood in stools). Emma was not expecting to have to bridge for her colonoscopy because she didn’t bridge for the last one. She recently established care with a new provider who is more concerned about her risk of thrombosis than her last one was.

               

              She is expecting to hold her warfarin five days prior to her procedure and restart it the same evening, but then you show her a detailed calendar of LMWH bridging instructions and begin reviewing them. She becomes increasingly disengaged and even a little tearful and refuses to follow the plan. She says, “Forget it. I am cancelling the colonoscopy.”

               

              The sooner you identify a bad situation developing, the easier it is to avert it. The patient's body language is a signal to address concerns immediately. The moment Emma crossed her arms across her chest and looked away was your cue to stop and attempt to determine the problem. If she shares her concern about her mother’s recent diagnosis and her concerns about her own health, use a reflective statement (summarize and repeat the problem back to her). Don’t judge, contradict, or redirect her. Demonstrate you are really listening to her and trying to understand her concerns. She will probably uncross her arms and make eye contact with you again.

               

              At an appropriate time, gently guide the discussion back to the reason she is here. You might say something like, "Thank you for sharing your concerns. I hear that you are feeling very stressed right now. You only want the best for your mother, and this news is devastating. You’re worried about what the doctor will find in your own colonoscopy. I went right into all these details about a complicated, unexpected bridge plan. I would feel anxious myself if I were you. I want you to know that you are always in control of your own healthcare. You get to decide for yourself if you want to proceed, if and when you are ready. If it turned out that you have another polyp, would you want to have the opportunity to have it removed?"

               

              While you are having this discussion, it is important to remain attentive and welcome her to interrupt you with new information or questions or concerns as they come up. Emma agrees to proceed, and you review the instructions with her. After presenting the plan, ask her to explain to you what she will be doing at each step of the process to confirm understanding. This is called a “teach-back technique.”

               

              Practice Pearl: Use teach-back techniques and spot-checking to ensure understanding.

               

              Language Barriers and Hearing Impairment

              Practice Pearl: Use only qualified interpreters when communicating complicated instructions to patients who do not share your native language. Use alternate communication methods as needed for deaf or hard-of-hearing patients.

               

              Patients may find it more difficult to understand instructions that contain slang or medical jargon. Sometimes, patients nod to indicate they understand what you are saying, even when they do not, to be polite or to avoid social discomfort. When using interpreters, make eye contact with and speak directly to the patient, not the interpreter. Speaking louder will not improve understanding when the obstacle is a language barrier. Patients with hearing impairment may benefit from careful enunciation, especially of consonants. They may also lip-read, even if they do not realize they are doing it. This can be challenging in situations when masking is required.

               

              Practice Pearl: In the United States, the format frequently used to describe dates is month-day-year; however, other countries use day-month-year. To minimize confusion, provide written dates with the month shown as a word instead of a number, e.g., “August 3” instead of “8-3.”

               

              Cognitive Impairment

              Practice Pearl: Be prepared to repeat your instructions as often as needed to ensure understanding.

               

              Cognitive impairment occurs across a broad spectrum that can make it challenging for patients to understand and/or follow detailed instructions.27 Some patients may need to review the material with you several times. Other patients may bring a caregiver or friend to help them think of questions to ask and to remember their instructions. Some patients cannot take their medication on their own; in this case, it is essential to provide education to a caregiver who can help them navigate the process. If caregivers accompanies a patient to an appointment, acknowledge their presence and include them in the discussion. They may have relevant questions, concerns, or valuable feedback.27

               

              The following resources provide more tips on patient communication:

              • https://www.cds.udel.edu/wp-content/uploads/2017/02/effective-communication.pdf
              • https://store.jointcommissioninternational.org/assets/3/7/jci-wp-communicating-clearly-final_(1).pdf

               

              Vision Impairment and Tremor or Arthritis

              Practice Pearl: Round a dose to the nearest commercially available dose instead of strict weight-based dosing.

               

              The more complicated or physically challenging the perioperative instructions are, the greater the risk of dosing errors. For example, enoxaparin syringes are graduated but the small markings may be hard for patients with vision impairment to see. Additionally, tasks requiring fine motor skills, such as removing a tiny amount of liquid from a syringe, or even administering an injection, may be difficult or impossible for patients with tremors or arthritis. Dose rounding to the nearest commercially available strength can help with this.

               

              Enoxaparin comes in the following prefilled syringe doses: 30, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, and 150 mg.28

               

              Common Patient Misconceptions

              Practice Pearl: To prevent patient misunderstandings, explain the independent roles of warfarin and LMWH in the bridge and why both are used simultaneously.

               

              Sometimes, patients misunderstand the role of warfarin and LMWH in the bridging process, even when they have detailed written instructions. They may not resume LMWH post-procedure because they think their INR will return to their therapeutic range immediately after restarting warfarin. They may not resume warfarin post-procedure because they believe the LMWH increases their INR. You can prevent these kinds of misunderstandings by providing a basic explanation of the independent roles of warfarin and LMWH in the bridge, and why they will be using both at the same time post-procedure.

               

              Practice Pearl: Ask patients to "hold" the anticoagulant on specific dates (and resume it on specific dates). Do not use the term "stop." If you tell patients to stop their warfarin on Tuesday, they might take that to mean you want them to take their last dose of warfarin on Tuesday, not to take the last dose of warfarin on Monday and start holding it on Tuesday. This misunderstanding can result in a patient holding warfarin for only four days before their procedure, instead of five

               

              Revisions Due to Unexpected Developments

              Clinicians involved in anticoagulation must remain flexible and prepared to adapt to an evolving situation after a patient’s surgery or procedure. Some common examples of periprocedural situations that may warrant closer monitoring post-procedure include

              • Bleeding may delay the resumption of anticoagulation post-procedure.
              • NSAIDs prescribed for pain control on discharge can increase bleeding risk.
              • Vitamin K reversal increases warfarin dosing requirements post-procedure.
              • Reduced appetite or food intake post-procedure may reduce rivaroxaban absorption or increased warfarin sensitivity.
              • Bariatric surgery can have unpredictable effects on warfarin dosing requirements. Although patients are eating less, they may have initiated supplements that contain more vitamin K than they consumed pre-procedure.
              • Dental procedures can temporarily decrease food intake; however, some dentists ask patients to use protein shakes (many of which contain vitamin K) post-procedure.
              • Tobacco cessation increases warfarin sensitivity
              • Changes in kidney or liver function may affect medication clearance.

               

              CONCLUSION

              Assembling an appropriate perioperative plan for a patient's anticoagulation can be complicated. The material and pearls provided in this activity can help clinicians devise and implement a plan that is appropriate for each patient.

               

               

               

              Program Handouts

              Post Test

              View Questions for Perioperative Management of Warfarin Interruption

              1. Which of the following patients should be bridged for a hip replacement surgery?
              a. A 46-year-old male who uses a DOAC for atrial fibrillation
              b. A 38-year-old female who uses warfarin for heterozygous Factor V Leiden mutation
              c. A 42-year-old male who uses warfarin for Protein S deficiency

              2. Which of the following surgeries carries the highest risk of perioperative bleeding?
              a. Colonic polyp resection
              b. Hemorrhoidal surgery
              c. Hysterectomy

              3. Which of the following patients has the highest risk of perioperative thromboembolism, assuming all medical conditions are listed?
              a. A 34-year-old female with antiphospholipid antibodies
              b. A 75-year-old female with atrial fibrillation and aortic plaque
              c. A 65-year-old male with atrial fibrillation, history of stroke, and hypertension

              4. A 26-year-old Ukrainian patient who does not speak English comes to your clinic to review perioperative instructions for a laparoscopic cholecystectomy next week. His only other medical condition is asthma. You have arranged for a professional interpreter to attend today’s visit. While using the interpreter, which of the following will help the patient understand your instructions?
              a. Increasing your voice’s volume so he can hear what you are saying
              b. Making eye contact and speaking directly to the patient
              c. Using medical jargon and using highly technical terms

              For the next two questions, consider the following patient case:
              Evelyn is a 50-year-old female patient with an MVR, diabetes, protein C deficiency, Crohn’s disease, and hypertension. She has a bowel resection scheduled. Her current medications include warfarin, metformin, losartan, aspirin 81 mg, and prednisone. She also uses a daily multivitamin and alpha lipoic acid.

              5. Which of the following perioperative plans would be most appropriate?
              a. Hold both warfarin and ASA for seven days before the surgery, bridge with therapeutic dose LMWH, with the last pre-surgery LMWH dose, at half the total daily dose, 48 hours before the surgery and restarting LMWH 24 hours after the procedure if hemostasis is achieved. Continue ASA and alpha lipoic acid for the surgery.
              b. Hold warfarin for five days before the resection and restart warfarin the evening of the surgery with no LMWH bridging if hemostasis is achieved. Hold the aspirin and alpha lipoic acid starting the week before until at least a week after the surgery.
              c. Hold warfarin for five days before the surgery, bridge with therapeutic dose LMWH, at half the total daily dose, with the last pre-surgery LMWH dose 24 hours before the surgery and restarting LMWH 48 hours after the surgery if hemostasis is achieved. Continue ASA but hold alpha lipoic acid starting the week before until at least a week after the surgery.

              6. If Evelyn was having a pacemaker placement instead of a bowel resection, which of the following perioperative plans would be most appropriate?
              a. Hold warfarin for five days before the surgery, bridge with therapeutic dose LMWH, with the last pre-procedure LMWH dose, at half the total daily dose, 24 hours before the procedure and restarting LMWH 48 hours after the surgery if hemostasis is achieved. Continue ASA but hold alpha lipoic acid starting the week before until at least a week after the surgery.
              b. Continue warfarin and ASA for the procedure but hold alpha lipoic acid starting the week before until at least a week after the surgery.
              c. Hold both warfarin and ASA for seven days before the surgery, bridge with therapeutic dose LMWH, with the last pre-surgery LMWH dose, at half the total daily dose, 48 hours before the surgery and restarting LMWH 24 hours after the procedure if hemostasis is achieved. Continue ASA and alpha lipoic acid for the surgery.

              7. Lily is a 78-year-old female with atrial fibrillation, CHF, and hypertension. She has a Watchman left atrial appendage closure device and a history of hemorrhagic stroke. Her current medications include sacubitril/valsartan and ASA. If she were to have an epidural injection, which of the following supplements would you be most concerned about her using during the perioperative period?
              a. Echinacea
              b. Gingko biloba
              c. Grapefruit

              8. John is a 67-year-old male who is scheduling a TURP. His medications include apixaban 5 mg BID, tamsulosin 0.4 mg daily, and metoprolol tartrate 50 mg BID. What is the minimum number of hours John would need to hold apixaban before the surgery?
              a. Hold apixaban starting 12 hours before the surgery and restart no sooner than 24 hours after the surgery
              b. Apixaban does not need to be held for this surgery
              c. Hold apixaban starting 48 hours before the surgery and restart no sooner than 48 hours after the surgery

              The following two questions are about the following patient case: Samantha is a 72-year-old female who lives alone and is 5’ 8” and weighs 210 lb. She uses topical diclofenac gel for arthritis. She also uses a daily multivitamin. She had a lab draw last month that was within normal limits. Her serum creatinine was 1.64 mg/dL. She is having hip replacement surgery in two weeks.
              9. If she uses warfarin for antithrombin deficiency, what would be the most appropriate enoxaparin dose for her to use as an outpatient?
              a. 95 mg
              b. 40 mg
              c. 100 mg

              10. If she used a DOAC, which of the following would need to be held four days before the procedure?
              a. Apixaban
              b. Rivaroxaban
              c. Dabigatran